US20020099412A1 - Methods for using an implantable device for patient communication - Google Patents
Methods for using an implantable device for patient communication Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20020099412A1 US20020099412A1 US10/095,892 US9589202A US2002099412A1 US 20020099412 A1 US20020099412 A1 US 20020099412A1 US 9589202 A US9589202 A US 9589202A US 2002099412 A1 US2002099412 A1 US 2002099412A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- event
- patient
- signal
- control module
- signals
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N1/00—Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
- A61N1/18—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
- A61N1/32—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
- A61N1/36—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
- A61N1/372—Arrangements in connection with the implantation of stimulators
- A61N1/37211—Means for communicating with stimulators
- A61N1/37217—Means for communicating with stimulators characterised by the communication link, e.g. acoustic or tactile
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N1/00—Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
- A61N1/18—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
- A61N1/32—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
- A61N1/36—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
- A61N1/36014—External stimulators, e.g. with patch electrodes
- A61N1/36025—External stimulators, e.g. with patch electrodes for treating a mental or cerebral condition
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N1/00—Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
- A61N1/18—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
- A61N1/32—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
- A61N1/36—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
- A61N1/3605—Implantable neurostimulators for stimulating central or peripheral nerve system
- A61N1/36128—Control systems
- A61N1/36135—Control systems using physiological parameters
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N1/00—Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
- A61N1/18—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
- A61N1/32—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
- A61N1/36—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
- A61N1/3605—Implantable neurostimulators for stimulating central or peripheral nerve system
- A61N1/3606—Implantable neurostimulators for stimulating central or peripheral nerve system adapted for a particular treatment
- A61N1/36082—Cognitive or psychiatric applications, e.g. dementia or Alzheimer's disease
Definitions
- This invention relates to the field of devices implantable within the head of a human being, and more particularly to intracranially implantable medical devices useful in the treatment of neurological disorders.
- the Liss device is not programmable and it does not provide a means to record EEG signals.
- Examples of a “neurological event” are the occurrence of an epileptic seizure or the occurrence of a migraine headache.
- a “neurological event” is defined herein as either the precursor of an event such as an epileptic seizure, or the epileptic seizure itself. This concept of detecting an electrical precursor that is a first type of neurological event that occurs some time before the “real” event (i.e. anomalous brain electrical activity associated with clinical symptoms) is an important aspect of the present invention. It has been shown that both epileptic seizures and Parkinson's tremors have precursors that occur before and can be used to predict the onset of the clinical symptom.
- a device has been approved for human use to stimulate the vagus nerve in a continuous fashion with the objective of decreasing the rate of epileptic seizures.
- Clinical reports on such devices indicate only a modest degree of success in that only 50% of the patients experience a greater than 20% reduction in the rate of epileptic seizures.
- Another device that has been recently introduced into clinical practice utilizes continuous stimulation of the thalamus for the treatment of involuntary motion disorders such as Parkinson's syndrome.
- the automatic implantable cardiac defibrillator is an example of a decision making device having data recording capability that has been successfully used in a decision based closed-loop mode for the treatment of ventricular fibrillation.
- the requirements for detection and treatment of ventricular fibrillation are significantly simpler and certainly different from the requirements for a device to detect and treat an impending epileptic seizure.
- an implantable cardiac defibrillator requires only a single signal, namely the heart's ECG, in order to detect a fibrillation event. What is more, only a single pair of electrodes is required for detection of the fibrillation event and that same pair of electrodes can be used to provide an electrical stimulus for electrical defibrillation.
- a heart defibrillator electrode is adapted to be placed on or in close proximity to the heart and is not suitable for use as a brain electrode.
- Coker and Fischell in U.S. Pat. No. 4,581,758 describe sophisticated signal processing techniques using the sum of squared signals from two microphones to identify the direction with respect to a person from whom human speech originates.
- the Coker and Fischell patent teaches several signal processing techniques which may be applied with others to detect neurological events, the Coker and Fischell method is aimed at identifying the location of the speech source, while one of the goals of the present invention is to utilize the known location of the source of EEG signals to help identify an abnormal EEG which signifies an impending neurological event.
- the NeuroCybernetic Prosthesis System recently made available for the treatment of epileptic seizures, utilizes continuous open-loop stimulation of the vagus nerve. This device does not sense the onset of an epileptic seizure, and it utilizes wires that are placed in the neck. Because of the frequent motions of such wires, they will have a tendency to fracture. No existing system utilizes electrodes, electrical wires and a control module that are entirely contained within the patient's scalp and essentially all contained within the patient's cranium. Such systems would not have any repeated bending of connecting wires thereby improving long-term reliability.
- the NeuroCybernetic Prosthesis System does not use a rechargeable battery, nor does it utilize a separate external device controlled by the patient to activate the implanted system at the start of a neurological event in order to decrease the severity or time duration of the neurological event.
- Various cochlear and ossicular implant devices are available that amplify ambient sounds and accordingly stimulate the nerves or bones of the inner or middle ear to provide hearing assistance to individuals with hearing loss. See, e.g., Loizou, P. (1998), “Mimicking the human ear,” IEEE Signal Processing Magazine, 15(5), 101-130. Such devices are directed to receiving, amplifying and transmitting sounds present in the external environment; they do not provide any therapy or additional information (not derived from environmental sound) to their users.
- the present invention is a multiple electrode, closed-loop system for the treatment of certain neurological disorders such as epilepsy, migraine headaches and Parkinson's disease.
- a purpose of the present invention is to overcome the shortcomings of all prior art devices for the treatment of such disorders.
- the present invention combines a multi-electrode array with sophisticated signal processing techniques to achieve reliable detection of the onset of a neurological event (such as an epileptic seizure or migraine headache) typically originating from a focus of limited spatial extent within the brain. It is well known that in certain patients, epileptic seizures consistently originate from a single location within the brain.
- the system described herein is also adaptable for the treatment of a neurological event that involves a major portion or possibly all of the brain tissue.
- the present invention also provides means for generating an ensemble of coordinated electrical stimuli designed to terminate the neurological event immediately upon (or even prior to) its onset.
- the present invention is a responsive detection and stimulation system for the early recognition and prompt treatment of a neurological event.
- the present invention envisions a multiplicity of brain electrodes placed either within the brain, on the surface of the brain itself, or on the dura mater that surrounds the brain. Some one, several, or all of these brain electrodes can be used for detection of an abnormal neurological event such as an epileptic seizure.
- a responsive stimulation signal can also be applied to any one, several, or all elements of such an electrode array.
- the responsive stimulation signals sent to each electrode may be identical or they may be programmed to differ in amplitude, frequency, waveform, phase, and time duration. It is also envisioned that sensing electrodes may be entirely separate from the electrodes used for responsive stimulation.
- the present invention envisions that a neurological event can be reliably detected in the presence of a normal EEG signal and in the presence of external noise by the use of modern and sophisticated signal processing techniques.
- the electrical signal from an epileptic focus within a specific and limited spatial region within the brain can be reliably detected by combining the signals received at different electrodes that are placed at different distances from the epileptic focus.
- the signal received at a specified location that is at a specific distance from the epileptic focus could have a specific time delay to account for the propagation time it takes for the signal to reach that electrode.
- the signal at the first (closest) electrode must have an added time delay to account for the time required for the signal to arrive at the position of the second electrode.
- cross-correlation of EEG signals in the time domain is envisioned to be within the scope of the present invention.
- Electrodes sites can be used to enhance the reliability for detection and termination of a neurological event.
- the present invention envisions enhancement of detection by the use of the spatial domain as it applies to the positioning of detection and treatment electrodes.
- the present invention also envisions signal-to-noise enhancement for optimizing the detection of neurological events by searching for signals in a particular frequency domain. For example, a low-pass filter that excludes signals above 5 Hz could be used to enhance the reliability for detection of a neurological event for certain patients.
- detection may be enhanced by first conditioning the EEG signals using programmable, multiple step, signal processing. The processing steps that are envisioned for this signal conditioning include signal summing, squaring, subtracting, amplifying, and filtering.
- the present invention envisions four different modalities for stopping the progression of a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure once it has been detected.
- a preferred method is to provide a responsive stimulation electrical signal
- a second method is to release medication in response to the detection of an event
- a third method is to provide an electrical short circuit in the vicinity of the epileptic focus to prevent the occurrence of a full epileptic seizure
- a fourth method is the application of a sensory input through normal sensory pathways.
- Such sensory input could be acoustic (sound input), visual (light input), or other sensory input such as mechanical vibration or electrical stimulation of the skin.
- any two or more of these modalities can be used in combination in order to preclude, prevent or decrease the severity of a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure, migraine headache, Parkinson's disease tremor, etc.
- a valuable attribute of the present invention is the ability to record the EEG signal from any one or all of the detection electrodes.
- the EEG signal would be continuously recorded in a first-in first-out (FIFO) digital data recording system where the current data overwrites the oldest data as memory storage capacity is exceeded.
- FIFO first-in first-out
- the device would save the preceding several minutes of data while continuing to record subsequent EEG data after the application of a response such as responsive stimulation, short circuiting of some electrode(s) or the delivery of a bolus of medication. It is conceived that the device would hold in memory the recording made for several minutes both before and after the neurological event.
- Another valuable attribute of the present invention is the capability to program the functions and parameters of the system to enhance the detection of a neurological event and to optimize the system responses for stopping a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure.
- programmable functions and parameters are: (1) the time delay introduced for a signal being received from a specific electrode; (2) the use or non-use of a specific electrode; (3) the frequency response characteristic of the channel assigned to process the signal received from a specific electrode; (4) whether or not a particular electrode is electrically shorted to another electrode or to the metal case of the device after a neurological event has been detected; (5) the amplitude, frequency, duration, phase and wave-form of the response signal delivered to a specific electrode; (6) the allocation of memory for storing EEG signals as received from one or more electrodes; (7) determination as to whether or not the data from a particular electrode will be stored in memory; (8) the amplitude, frequency and time duration of an acoustic, visual, or other sensory input applied to the patient in response to the detection of a
- a telemetry signal would be transmitted from the implanted device.
- External receiving equipment typically located in the physician's office, would process that signal and provide a paper print-out and a CRT display to indicate the state to which all the parameters of the implanted device have been programmed.
- the display would indicate which electrodes are active, what algorithm is being used for detection, what specific bandwidth is being used with a specific electrode, etc.
- the present invention is entirely different from any implantable medical device (such as an automatic heart defibrillator) that always allows the unwanted event to occur.
- a specific capability of this system is to provide electrical stimulation to a specific portion of the brain as the means of stopping a neurological event. It is believed that the earliest possible detection of a seizure and treatment of aberrant electrical activity from an epileptic focus has the highest probability of aborting the occurrence of a full seizure. It is envisioned that either through specific placement of treatment electrodes or by adjusting the phase of signals applied to an array of electrodes, stimulation can be directed to the location(s) within the brain that offer the highest probability of stopping the seizure.
- the design concept of the current invention is to predispose the decision-making algorithm to never miss a real event while allowing a false positive rate to be detected at up to 5 times the rate of actual events.
- Telemetry data transmitted from the implanted device can be sent to a physician's workstation in the physician's office either with the patient in the physician's office or remotely from the patient's home by means of a modem.
- the physician's workstation can also be used to specify all of the programmable parameters of the implanted system.
- a novel aspect of a preferred embodiment of this invention is that the entire implantable portion of this system for treating neurological disorders lies under the patient's scalp. Such placement will either have the device located between the scalp and the cranium or the within a hole in the cranium. Because of size constraints, the intracranial location is the preferred embodiment.
- the implantable portion of the system includes; (1) electrodes that lie in close proximity to or actually within the brain; (2) a control module that contains a battery and all the electronics for sensing, recording and controlling brain activity, (3) electrically conducting wires that connect the control module to the electrodes, (4) a buzzer providing an acoustic signal or electrical “tickle” indicating that a neurological event has been detected, and (5) an input-output wire coil (or antenna) used for communication of the implanted system with any and all external equipment.
- the battery that provides power for the system and an electronics module are both contained within a metal shell that lies under the patient's scalp. The metal shell that contains the electronics module and the battery collectively form the control module.
- All electrodes connect by means of electrically conducting wires to electrical terminals that are formed into the metal shell.
- the electronics module is electrically joined to the brain electrodes by means of the shell's electrical terminals, which are electrically joined to the wires that connect to the brain electrodes.
- An important aspect of the preferred embodiment of this device is the fact that the shell containing the electronics module and the battery, i.e. the control module, is to be placed in the cranium of the skull at a place where a significant volume of bone is removed.
- the shell containing the electronics module and the battery i.e. the control module
- the control module is to be placed in the cranium of the skull at a place where a significant volume of bone is removed.
- the present invention also envisions the utilization of an intracranial system for the treatment of certain diseases without placing wires through the neck.
- an alternative embodiment of the invention envisions the use of electrodes in or on the brain with an intracranial control module used in conjunction with a remote sensor/actuator device.
- blood pressure could be sensed with a threshold of, let us say 150 mm Hg, and if that pressure was exceeded, a signal transmitted by electrical conduction through the body from the remote sensor/actuator device could be received at the control module and that would cause brain stimulation in such a way as to reduce the blood pressure.
- a signal could be sent by electrical conduction through the body to a remote sensor/actuator device that could provide electrical stimulation to locally stimulate a nerve to reduce the perception of that pain.
- a remote actuator could be used to electrically stimulate one or both vagus nerves so as to stop the epileptic seizure from occurring.
- Such a remote device could be located in the trunk of the patient's body.
- Another important aspect of this invention is that a comparatively simple surgical procedure can be used to place the control module just beneath the patient's scalp.
- a similar simple procedure can be used to replace just the battery or both the battery and the electronics module. Specifically, if the hair on the scalp is shaved off at a site directly over where the control module is implanted, an incision can then be made in the scalp through which incision a depleted battery can be removed and replaced with a new battery, or a more advanced electronics module can replace a less capable or failed electronics module. The incision can then be closed, and when the hair grows back, the entire implanted system would be cosmetically undetectable. A good cosmetic appearance is very important for the patient's psychological well-being.
- control module is optimally placed in either the left or right anterior quadrant of the cranium. Because the large sagittal sinus vein runs along the anterior-posterior centerline of the cranium, it is inadvisable to run epidural wires through that region, and furthermore, it would be inadvisable to place the control module directly over that major vein. Since movement of the jaw causes motions of the scalp relative to the cranium, it is advisable to run the connecting wires for electrodes that must be placed on the anterior portion of the brain in the epidural space as opposed to running them between the scalp and the cranium.
- the connecting wires for electrodes to be placed on a posterior portion of the brain's surface are best located beneath the scalp, then through burr holes in the cranium where they connect to any electrodes placed in a posterior position on the surface of the dura mater.
- most of the length of the connecting wires for electrodes located in the anterior portion of the brain would be placed in the epidural space. In no case should epidural wires be passed through the anterior-posterior centerline of the brain where the large sagittal sinus vein is located.
- An important operational aspect of the implanted system is the use of an input-output coil formed from many turns of fine wire that is placed between the scalp and the cranium generally along the anterior-posterior centerline of the head. All communication between the external equipment and the implanted system can be accomplished by magnetic induction through the hair and scalp of the patient. Examples of these signals are the readout of telemetry from the implanted system, or the changing of some operational parameter of the implanted system by means of a command from some piece of external equipment. Furthermore, such an input-output coil can be used to recharge a rechargeable battery that can be located inside the control module. Since the input-output coil can be placed on a posterior portion of the cranium, relative motion of the scalp and cranium should not be a problem in that region.
- the patient can be provided with a cap to be worn on the head which cap includes a flexible coil that can communicate by magnetic induction using an alternating magnetic field with the implanted input-output coil.
- a cap could be placed on the patient in the doctor's office when the doctor wishes to read out stored telemetry or program one or more new parameters into the implanted system.
- the cap could be used by the patient at home for remote connection to the physicians workstation over telephone lines using a pair of modems, or the cap could be used to recharge a rechargeable battery located in the control module of the implanted system.
- the buzzer may be any sound-emitting or vibration-generating device such as a piezoelectric crystal that can convert electrical signals sent from the control module into vibrations that can be picked up through bone conduction (or through the air) by the patient's ears, particularly the inner ears. If a neurological event is detected, the buzzer can provide an acoustic output that is detectable by the patient's ear or the buzzer can provide an electrical “tickle” signal.
- the acoustic output can be, for example, a buzz, a tone, a sequence or combination of tones, a synthesized or reproduced complex sound, or a segment of human speech.
- the buzzer can be used to indicate to the patient that a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure is about to occur so that an appropriate action can be taken.
- the buzzer or acoustic transducer of the present invention is designed to provide audible information via vibrations to a person with an ordinary (or functional) level of hearing.
- a device according to the invention would generate specific sounds, as set forth above, and generally would not amplify external ambient sound for transmittal to and electrical stimulation of the middle or inner ear (as in a cochlear implant).
- an acoustic, visual or sensory input that could, by itself, be a means for stopping a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure.
- the acoustic input could be by means of a sound producing, hearing aid shaped device that can emit an appropriate tone or voice announcement directly into the ear.
- the visual device could be from a light emitting diode in eyeglasses or a small flashlight type of device that emits a particular type of light at some appropriate flashing rate.
- a sensory input could be provided by, for example, an externally mounted electrical stimulator placed on the wrist to stimulate the median nerve or by a mechanical vibrator applied to the patient's skin.
- a buzzer attached to the inside of the control module case would produce vibrations conducted by the case to the cranium and detectable by the patient's ears.
- the acoustic signal that can be sent to the “buzzer” need not be just a tone or buzz but could be a complex sound or a segment of encoded human speech stored in the memory of the control module or transmitted from the external equipment to the control module.
- the buzzer would typically be a small acoustic transducer such as a piezoelectric crystal or a miniature loudspeaker, e.g. from a hearing aid.
- Speech segments could be stored in digital memory of the control module using encoding methods including (but not limited to) pulse code modulation (PCM), adaptive differential pulse code modulation (ADPCM), or linear predictive coding (LPC) and played out through a digital-to-analog converter to the buzzer. If the output of the digital-to-analog converter is insufficient to drive the acoustic transducer, an amplifier may be used to increase the signal strength.
- PCM pulse code modulation
- ADPCM adaptive differential pulse code modulation
- LPC linear predictive coding
- a complex sound can be generated as an electrical signal by known analog or digital sound synthesis methods or by known analog or digital sound reproduction methods.
- the ability to communicate with the patient from a device implanted under the scalp has applications beyond notification of detected neurological events. Such communication can be reminders to the patient to take medications, warnings that the device battery is low and needs recharging or replacement, or a daily notification that the system is functioning properly. If the control module is acting only as a neurological event detector without electrical stimulation, the announcement could warn the patient to sit down or otherwise stop activities because a seizure is about to begin. With the ability to detect the precursor to a neurological event, an alert to take medication could be extremely effective in averting a seizure.
- the control module of the present invention also has wireless external communication capability that could be combined with the ability to allow external equipment to initiate the signals played to the patient by the acoustic transducer.
- Such signals could include instructions for downloading stored EEG data through a modem to the patient's doctor.
- Other signals of interest for the present invention could be the ringing or voice signals received by a telephone or an alarm generated by external equipment.
- the buzzer could allow direct voice communication from the patient to the control module.
- the control module already having digital signal processing and pattern recognition capabilities could be programmed to recognize the patient's speech.
- Another way for the patient to signal the control module might be by simply tapping near the transducer. For instance 5 taps might signal the control module to begin a sequence of prompts that can be answered, one tap for yes two taps for no.
- the present invention with microphone and loudspeaking ability could also provide an implanted interface to a communications device such as a telephone or two-way radio.
- An alternative embodiment of the present invention envisions the use of a control module located external to the patient's body connected to electrodes either external or internal to the patient's scalp. Such an externally located control module might be positioned behind the patient's ear like a hearing aid.
- Another object of this invention is to provide increased reliability for neurological event detection by the use of cross-correlated signals from multiple electrodes with appropriate time delay(s) to increase the sensitivity and reliability for detection from a specific area of the brain.
- Still another object of this invention is to exploit a spectral characteristic of the signals from multiple electrodes to optimize the detection of a neurological event.
- Still another object of this invention is to predispose the decision-making algorithm to allow false positives to cause a responsive stimulation but to disallow missing an actual event.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the response to a neurological event be an electrical stimulation that is focused on a specific area of the brain by variably delaying the stimulation signal sent from each of several stimulation electrodes placed at different locations placed in close proximity to the brain or within the brain.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the specific area of the brain onto which the response is focused be the area from which the event signal was detected.
- Still another object of this invention is to record (and ultimately recover for analysis) the EEG signal(s) from one or more electrodes before, during and after a neurological event.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide programmability for all-important operating parameters of the device.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide recording of the certain functions of the device such as how many neurological events were detected and how many times the device responded to such detections.
- Still another object of this invention is to use medication delivery as the response to a neurological event, either alone or in conjunction with electrical stimulation.
- Still another object of this invention is to utilize implanted electronic circuitry that is adaptable to changing EEG input signals so as to provide self-adaptation for the detection and/or treatment of a neurological event.
- Still another object of this invention is to have a system of electrodes connected by wires to a control module, the entire system being placed under the scalp and being essentially contained within the cranium.
- Still another object of this system is to have essentially no flexure of interconnecting wires so as to enhance system reliability.
- Still another object of this invention is to be able to replace a depleted battery within the system's control module by a comparatively simple and quick surgical procedure.
- Still another object of this invention is to be able to replace an electronics module within the system's control module by a comparatively simple and quick surgical procedure.
- Still another object of this invention is to be able to recharge the battery in the control module.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide an externally situated patient's initiating device that can be used by the patient when he or she senses that a neurological event is about to occur in order to provide a response for causing the stopping of that neurological event or in order to initiate the recording of EEG signals from a pre-selected set of electrodes.
- Still another object of this invention is to utilize a remotely located sensor/actuator device within the body to detect an abnormal physiological condition and send an electrical signal with or without wires to a control module within the cranium, which then responds, by an electrical signal delivered to the brain to treat the abnormal physiological condition.
- Still another object of this invention is to utilize an intracranial system for sensing some abnormal physiological condition and then sending an electrical signal with or without wires to a remote sensor/actuator device that is remotely located within the body to carry out some treatment modality.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide a buzzer that indicates to the patient that a neurological event has occurred.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the buzzer alert the patient to take medication to stop or reduce the severity of a detected event.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the buzzer communicate with the patient by transducing voice announcements into acoustic signals detectable by the patient's ears.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the buzzer also act as a microphone to pick up patient speech or taps used to signal the control module.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the buzzer implanted in proximity to the cranium so that mechanical vibrations from the buzzer are detectable by the patient's ears.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the voice announcements encoded and stored in digital memory within the control module.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide acoustic, visual or other sensory inputs to the patient either automatically or manually following the detection of a neurological event so as to stop the neurological event.
- FIG. 1 is a top view of a human head showing the configuration of an implantable system for the treatment of neurological disorders, as it would be situated in the human skull.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the implanted and external portions of the system.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating the event detection sub-system that utilizes digital signal processing techniques that can exploit either or both time and frequency domain information to accomplish event detection.
- FIG. 4 is a flow chart pertinent to the processing activity carried on within the programmable digital signal processor that is part of the event detection sub-system.
- FIG. 5A illustrates the amplitude of the electrical signal received at FIFO memory 344 A as a function of time.
- FIG. 5B illustrates the amplitude of the electrical signal received at FIFO memory 344 B as a function of time.
- FIG. 5C illustrates the amplitude of the electrical signal received at FIFO memory 344 C as a function of time.
- FIG. 5D illustrates the sum of the time delayed signal amplitudes showing also that the event detection threshold is exceeded at ⁇ 20 milliseconds.
- FIG. 6 illustrates a block diagram for an alternative algorithm for detection of a neurological event using the amplitude differences of signals from pairs of electrodes.
- FIG. 7 is a flow chart of the event recording and processing which is carried on within the event processing microcomputer used for the second stage of an event detection sub-system.
- FIG. 8 illustrates the recording of EEG and/or EEG spectrum signals by the central processor.
- FIG. 9 shows a flow chart of the central processor function for: (1) receiving event detection information from the event detection sub-system; (2) sending delay and threshold parameters to the event processing microcomputer and digital signal processor; (3) storing event related data; (4) inducing responsive brain stimulation through the stimulation sub-system; and (5) communicating externally for physician data read out and system programming.
- FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the stimulation sub-system as used to stimulate the brain responsive to a detected event.
- FIG. 11 is a block diagram of the data communication sub-system and external data interface.
- FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a hybrid analog/digital representation of the event detection sub-system using time domain information for event detection.
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a hybrid analog/digital representation of the event detection sub-system using frequency domain information for event detection.
- FIG. 14 is a block diagram of an implantable system that can respond to a detected neurological event by infusing medication into the patient's body.
- FIG. 15 is a top view of a human head showing the arrangement of a multiplicity of electrodes connected by wires to a control module that is implanted within the cranium.
- FIG. 16 is a side view of a human head showing the arrangement of one surface and one deep electrode connected by wires that pass through a hole in the cranium and connect to a control module that is implanted within the cranium.
- FIG. 17 is a top view of a human head showing the arrangement of an implanted input-output flat wire coil connected by wires to a control module that is implanted within the cranium.
- FIG. 18 is a side view of a human head showing the arrangement of the implanted input-output flat wire coil, as it would be used with a patient's initiating device to trigger some operation of the implanted system.
- FIG. 19 is a side view of a human head showing the arrangement of the implanted input-output coil, as it would be used with a cap and with the physician's external equipment to perform some interaction with the implanted system.
- FIG. 20 is a top view of the shell of the control module.
- FIG. 21 is a cross section of the cranium showing a control module placed essentially within the cranium within a space where cranium bone has been removed.
- the cross section of the shell in FIG. 21 is taken along the section plane 21 - 21 of FIG. 20.
- FIG. 22 is a side view of the human head and torso showing an alternative embodiment of the present invention using a control module implanted within the chest.
- FIG. 23 is a side view of the human head and torso showing an alternative embodiment of the present invention using a control module implanted between the scalp and the cranium, a remote sensor/actuator device located within the chest, and external devices for applying acoustic, visual, or other sensory input to the patient.
- FIG. 24 is a side view of a human head showing alternative communication means between the external equipment and an implanted control module and also showing alternative locations for electrodes mounted in close proximity to the patient's brain.
- FIG. 25 is a side view of the human head and torso showing an alternative embodiment of the present invention using a control module located external to the patient's body and a remote sensor/actuator device located within the chest, and external devices for applying acoustic, visual, or other sensory input to the patient.
- FIG. 26 is a block diagram of the implanted and external portions of an alternate embodiment of the system having enhanced patient communication capabilities.
- FIG. 1 illustrates the configuration of an implantable system 10 for the treatment of neurological disorders as it would be situated under the scalp of a human head 9 having a control module 20 , electrodes 15 A, 15 B, 15 C, 15 N and 16 with wires 17 A, 17 B, 17 C, 17 N and 18 connected through the connector 8 to the control module 20 .
- the control module 20 is permanently implanted into the top of the skull in a location where the skull is fairly thick. It is also envisioned that the control module 20 could be located in the trunk of the patient's body like a heart pacemaker with the connecting wires being run under the patient's skin.
- the electrodes 15 A, 15 B, 15 C, 15 N and 16 would be placed under the cranium and above the dura mater (i.e., placed epidurally) or placed deep into the brain.
- the connecting wires 17 A, 17 B, 17 C, 17 N and 18 would be run from the control module 20 underneath the scalp and then be connected to the electrodes placed beneath the patient's cranium.
- FIG. 1 shows only 4 active electrodes 15 A, 15 B, 15 C, 15 N with connecting wires 17 A, 17 B, 17 C, 17 N, more than 4 active electrodes with connecting wires may be used with the present invention.
- the electrode 16 (having a connecting wire 18 ) could be considered a common or indifferent electrode.
- the terminology “the electrodes 15 A through 15 N” is meant to include all electrodes 15 A, 15 B, 15 C, . . . , 15 N, inclusive, where N may be any integer between 1 and 200. Similar terminology using the words “through” or “to” for other groups of objects (e.g., “wires 17 A through 17 N”) will have a similar inclusive meaning.
- FIGS. 1 through 25 inclusive lines connecting boxes on block diagrams or on software flow charts will each be labeled with an element numeral. Lines without arrows between boxes and/or solid circles indicate a single wire.
- a physical connection namely a wire or group of wires (data bus) over which analog or digital signals may be sent.
- Data streams include messages, analog or digital signals, commands, EEG information, and software downloads to change system operation and parameters.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the implantable system 10 and the external equipment 11 .
- the wires 17 A through 17 N from the electrodes 15 A through 15 N, and the wire 18 from the common electrode 16 are shown connected to both the event detection sub-system 30 and the stimulation sub-system 40 . It is also envisioned to use the case of the control module 20 of FIG. 1 as the common (or indifferent) electrode 16 .
- the wires 17 A through 17 N carry EEG signals 21 A through 21 N from the electrodes 15 A through 15 N to the event detection sub-system 30 .
- the electrodes 15 A through 15 N can be energized by the stimulation sub-system 40 via the wires 17 A through 17 N to electrically stimulate the patient's brain using the stimulation signals 412 A through 412 N respectively.
- the electrodes 15 A through 15 N and 16 shown here are connected to both the event detection sub-system 30 and the stimulation sub-system 40 , it is obvious that a separate set of electrodes and associated wires could be used with each subsystem.
- any one, several or all of the electrodes 15 A through 15 N could be electrically connected (i.e., shorted) to the electrode 16 or to each other. This would be accomplished by appropriate switching circuitry in the stimulation sub-system 40 .
- the event detection sub-system 30 receives the EEG signals 21 A through 21 N (referenced to system ground 19 connected to the wire 18 from the common electrode 16 ) and processes them to identify neurological events such as an epileptic seizure or its precursor.
- a central processing system 50 with central processor 51 and memory 55 acts to control and coordinate all functions of the implantable system 10 .
- the interconnection 52 is used to transmit programming parameters and instructions to the event detection sub-system 30 from the central processing system 50 .
- the interconnection 53 is used to transmit signals to the central processing system 50 identifying the detection of a neurological event by the event detection sub-system 30 .
- the interconnection 53 is also used to transmit EEG and other related data for storage in the memory 55 .
- the central processor 51 can command the stimulation sub-system 40 via the interconnection 54 to transmit electrical signals to any one or more of the electrodes 15 A through 15 N via the wires 17 A through 17 N. It is anticipated that, if appropriate electrical signals 412 A to 412 N inclusive are transmitted to certain locations in or near the brain, the normal progression of an epileptic seizure can be aborted. It may also be necessary for the stimulation sub-system 40 to temporarily disable the event detection sub-system 30 via the interconnection 29 when stimulation is imminent so that the stimulation signals are not inadvertently interpreted as a neurological event by the event detection system 30 .
- a power supply 90 provides power to each component of the system 10 .
- Power supplies for comparable implantable devices such as heart pacemakers and heart defibrillators are well known in the art of implantable electronic devices.
- Such a power supply typically utilizes a primary (non-rechargeable) storage battery with an associated DC-to-DC converter to obtain whatever voltages are required for the implantable system 10 .
- the power supply could use a rechargeable battery that is charged by means of a coil of wire in the control module 20 that receives energy by magnetic induction from an external coil that is placed outside the patient but in close proximity to the control module.
- the implanted coil of wire could also be located remotely from control module 20 but joined to it by electrical wires.
- Such technology is well known from the rechargeable cardiac pacemaker.
- the same pair of coils of wire could be used to provide power to the implanted system 10 when it is desired to read out stored telemetry or reprogram some portion of the implanted system 10 .
- Data stored in the memory 55 can be retrieved by the patient's physician via a wireless communication link 72 with the data communication sub-system 60 connected to the central processing system 50 .
- An external data interface 70 can be directly connected with an RS-232 type serial connection 74 to the physician's workstation 80 .
- the serial connection may be via modems 85 and 750 and phone line 75 from the patient's home to the physician's workstation 80 .
- the software in the computer section of the physician's workstation 80 allows the physician to read out a history of events detected including EEG information before, during, and after the event as well as specific information relating to the detection of the event such as the time evolving energy spectrum of the patient's EEG.
- the workstation 80 also allows the physician to specify or alter the programmable parameters of the implantable system 10 .
- the external data interface could be a specially designed unit or preferably a modified off-the-shelf computer.
- Such an off-the-shelf computer could be a desktop, laptop or palmtop type PC or a PDA such as the 3COM Palm Pilot VII that has both display and built in Internet data communication capability.
- the modem 70 could also be a standard phone line modem, or a cable or DSL modem allowing direct high-speed access to the Internet.
- a buzzer 95 connected to the central processor 51 via the link 92 can be used to notify the patient that an event has occurred or that the implanted system 10 is not functioning properly.
- the buzzer could provide a mechanical vibration (typically an acoustic signal) or an electrical stimulation “tickle” either of which could be perceived by the patient.
- a mechanical vibration typically an acoustic signal
- an electrical stimulation “tickle” either of which could be perceived by the patient.
- the acoustic signal delivered by the buzzer 95 can be a buzz, a tone, a sequence or combination of tones, a segment of recorded music, a synthesized or reproduced complex sound, or a segment of human speech.
- the speech could be either synthesized human speech or recorded and digitally encoded human speech stored in the memory of the control module or transmitted from the external equipment to the control module.
- the buzzer 95 would typically be a small acoustic transducer such as a piezoelectric crystal or a miniature loudspeaker, e.g. from a hearing aid.
- the speech segments could be stored in digital memory of the control module using encoding methods such as PCM or ADPCM and played out through a digital-to-analog converter to the buzzer.
- Speech synthesis integrated circuits that can convert text into human speech are well known and could be used instead of recorded speech so that the voice announcements could be stored as text strings instead of encoded voice recordings.
- the ability to communicate with the patient from a device implanted under the scalp or intracranially has applications beyond notification of detected neurological events. Such communication can be reminders to the patient to take medications, warnings that the device battery is low and needs recharging or replacements or just a daily notification that the system is functioning properly. If the control module 20 is acting only as a neurological event detector without stimulation, the announcement could tell the patient to sit down or stop activities because a seizure is about to begin. With the ability to detect the precursor to a neurological event, an alert to take medication could be extremely effective in averting a seizure.
- the control module 20 of the present invention also has a wireless external communication link 72 that could allow external equipment to initiate the acoustic signals played to the patient by the buzzer. Such signals could include instructions for downloading stored EEG data stored in the memory 55 through the modem 750 . Other signals of interest for the present invention could be the ringing or voice signals received by a telephone or an alarm generated by the external equipment 11 .
- a real time clock 91 is used for timing and synchronizing various portions of the implanted system 10 and also to enable the system to provide the exact date and time corresponding to each neurological event that is detected by the implantable system 10 and recorded in memory.
- the interconnection 96 is used to send data from the central processor 51 to the real time clock 91 in order to set the correct date and time in the clock 91 .
- the various interconnections between sub-systems may be either analog or digital, single wire or multiple wires (a “data bus”).
- the event detection sub-system 30 continuously processes the EEG signals 21 A through 21 N carried by the wires 17 A through 17 N from the N electrodes 15 A through 15 N.
- the event detection sub-system 30 notifies the central processor 51 via the link 53 that an event has occurred.
- the central processor 51 then triggers the stimulation sub-system 40 via the link 54 to electrically stimulate the patient's brain (or electrically short some electrodes or release medication) in order to stop the neurological event using any one, several or all of the electrodes 15 A through 15 N.
- the stimulation sub-system 40 also sends a signal via the link 29 to the event detection sub-system 30 to disable event detection during stimulation to avoid an undesired input into the event detection sub-system 30 .
- the central processor system 50 will store EEG signals and event related data received from the event detection sub-system 30 via the link 53 over a time from X minutes before the event to Y minutes after the event for later analysis by the patient's physician.
- the value of X and Y may be set from as little as 0.1 minutes to as long as 30 minutes.
- the central processor 51 may “buzz” to notify the patient that an event has occurred by sending a signal via the link 92 to the buzzer 95 .
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an implementation of the event detection subsystem 30 using digital signal processing techniques.
- the event detection sub-system 30 can use either or both, time and frequency domain information for event detection.
- the event detection sub-system 30 receives the signals 21 A through 21 N from the wires 17 A through 17 N and processes them to identify the early stages of a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure.
- the signals 21 A through 21 N are amplified by the amplifiers 32 A through 32 N respectively, to produce the amplified EEG signals 22 A through 22 N.
- the amplifiers 32 A through 32 N can also provide low pass and/or high pass filtering to remove unwanted noise.
- Each amplifier 32 A through 32 N can be disabled by a signal placed on interconnection 29 from the stimulation subsystem 40 during brain stimulation so as to prevent overloading the amplifiers or creating an undesired input signal into the event detection sub-system 30 .
- the amplified EEG signals 22 A through 22 N are then digitized by the analog-to-digital converters 33 A through 33 N producing the digitized EEG signals 23 A through 23 N which are processed by the programmable digital signal processor 34 with associated memory 35 to enhance the signal-to-noise ratio for the detection of neurological events.
- Processed signals 24 are then passed to the event processing microcomputer 36 with associated memory 37 for analysis with the goal of achieving event detection.
- the event processing microcomputer 36 identifies an event, it produces a detection signal, which it sends along with stored EEG and EEG energy spectral data streams to the central processor 51 through the interconnection 53 .
- the central processor 51 can pass specific program parameters and revised programming instructions to the event processing microcomputer 36 via the interconnection 52 .
- the event processing microcomputer 36 can also pass any appropriate program parameters and revised programming instructions received from the central processor 51 on to the programmable digital signal processor 34 via the interconnection 25 .
- This scheme provides patient-specific optimization of event detection algorithm(s). For example the program might look at signal amplitude differences between certain electrodes, or alternately, event detection might be based on analysis of a signal created by adding the signals (possibly with varying time delays) derived from a specific subset of the electrodes.
- the programmable digital signal processor 34 might be programmed to perform both digital signal processing and event processing thus not requiring a separate event processing microcomputer 36 .
- the event processing microcomputer 36 and the central processor 51 may be the same microcomputer having separate subroutines in software for each function.
- the amplifiers 32 A through 32 N, the analog-to-digital converters 33 A through 33 N and the programmable digital signal processor 34 each separately and collectively constitute a signal conditioning means for processing the EEG signals 21 A through 21 N.
- the event processing microcomputer 36 provides event detection means for the detection of a neurological event.
- Integrated circuit amplifiers analog-to digital converters, digital signal processors (DSPs), digital memory and microcomputers and the techniques to interconnect and program them are well known in the art. Custom VLSI or hybrid circuits could be developed that would combine certain functions.
- FIG. 4 is a flow chart pertinent to the processing activity 340 carried on within the programmable, digital signal processor 34 of the event detection sub-system 30 .
- the digitized EEG signals 23 A through 23 N are first processed by the step of removing any d-c bias by the subroutines 341 A through 341 N producing digital signals 351 A through 351 N which are then processed by the automatic gain control (AGC) subroutines 342 A through 342 N to produce the AGC EEG signals 352 A through 352 N.
- AGC automatic gain control
- AGC AGC subroutines 342 A through 342 N
- the AGC subroutines 342 A through 342 N might adjust the amplitude of incoming signals 351 A through 351 N based on the average energy detected over a period of several minutes.
- a rapidly changing signal such as that from a neurological event would not have their amplitudes modified by the AGC subroutines 342 A through 342 N.
- AGC is among the programmable parameters that can be programmed in the DSP program instructions 348 that are passed via the interconnection 25 from the event processing microcomputer 36 .
- AGC algorithms that adjust the output gain based on time-averaged energy are well known in the art and can be implemented by an experienced DSP programmer. It is also envisioned that the amplifiers 32 A through 32 N of FIG. 3 might be analog AGC amplifiers so that a DSP AGC algorithm would be unnecessary.
- AGC is an example of a self-adaptive algorithm used by the event detection subsystem 30 .
- the processed EEG signals 352 A through 352 N are continuously passed via the interconnections 24 to the event processing microcomputer 36 so that they may be stored for later physician analysis if a neurological event occurs.
- the processed EEG signals 352 A through 352 N are also processed further by additional signal conditioning steps to enhance event identification. These steps involve first squaring the signals 352 A through 352 N using the squaring subroutines 343 A through 343 N to produce the squared EEG signals 353 A through 353 N.
- the squared EEG signals 353 A through 353 N are fed into the First-In-First-Out (FIFO) buffers 344 A through 344 N where between 1 and 100 milliseconds of data can be stored.
- FIFO First-In-First-Out
- a preferred embodiment of the digital signal processing algorithm 340 for event detection is based on the principle that the signals arriving at the electrodes 15 A through 15 N (shown in FIG. 2) from an epileptic focus will always do so with essentially the same time delay for each electrode. Or stated another way, the propagation time required for a signal to travel from the epileptic focus to an electrode will be consistently as follows: t 1 milliseconds for a electrode 15 A, t 2 milliseconds for electrode 15 B, t 3 milliseconds for electrode 15 C, etc., where t 1 , t 2 , t 3 . . .
- the FIFOs 344 A through 344 N are nothing more than a digital equivalent of a delay line where the sum with delay algorithm 345 can elect to sample the squared EEG signals 353 A through 353 N with each delayed appropriately to create the time-synchronized EEG signals 354 A through 354 N which are summed by the sum with delay algorithm 345 .
- the sum with delay algorithm 345 will produce the sum of time-synchronized squared signals 355 .
- EEG signals originating from parts of the brain away from the focus will not be synchronized by the algorithm 345 , the time delays of which are set to synchronize EEG signals originating at the focus.
- the amplitude of the sum of time-synchronized squared signals 355 will be much larger for EEG signals originating at the focus.
- the delays for each of the FIFO buffers are programmed through the DSP program instructions 348 .
- the settings for FIFO time delays would be derived from analysis of recorded EEG signals during events from a patient having the same electrode configuration to be used for event detection.
- Interconnection 25 is the interconnection over which the programming instructions 348 are provided by the event processing microcomputer 36 to set the time delay parameters for the FIFO buffers.
- the signal 355 can be sent to the event processing microcomputer 36 for time domain event detection.
- the signal 355 can also be transformed into the frequency domain by the transform algorithm 346 , which will produce a frequency spectrum that can change with time having frequency band signals 356 - 1 , 356 - 2 , 356 - 3 , 356 - 4 through 356 -M which are the time evolving signals corresponding to a total of M frequency bands (band 1 through band M).
- the frequency band signals 356 - 1 through 356 -M are digital data streams, each representing the energy of the signal 355 in the corresponding frequency band (band 1 through band M).
- frequency band 1 1 to 2 Hz
- band 2 2 to 4 Hz
- band 3 4 to 8 Hz
- the specific division of the bands is programmable through the DSP programming instructions 348 and may be derived for each patient from analysis of recorded EEG information.
- the frequency band signals 356 - 1 through 356 -M are sent to the event processing microcomputer 36 for the purpose of event detection.
- FIGS. 3 and 4 illustrate one embodiment of a multiple step signal conditioning means for the EEG signals 21 A through 21 N.
- the specific steps used in this embodiment are amplification, analog-to-digital conversion, adjustment of DC offset, AGC, squaring, time delaying, summing and frequency transformation.
- the ability to program the programmable digital signal processor 34 to implement any combination of these or other steps in any order to enhance event detection for each patient is an important aspect of the event detection sub-system 30 .
- FIGS. 5A, 5B and 5 C show the signal traces for a 3 electrode implementation of the present invention with the squared EEG signals 353 A, 353 B and 353 C stored in the FIFOs 344 A, 344 B and 344 C respectively.
- the FIFOs 344 A, 344 B and 344 C store 100 milliseconds of data consisting of 20 samples each, with each sample being the average value for a period of 5 milliseconds of the squared EEG signals 353 A, 353 B and 353 C.
- the last data placed in the FIFOs 344 A, 344 B, and 344 C correspond to time equals zero, and are the most recent samples of the squared EEG signals 353 A, 353 B and 353 C.
- the relative delays between EEG signals from an epileptic focus arriving at electrodes 15 A, 15 B and 15 C would be calculated.
- the electrode 15 A from which the data in FIFO 344 A originates is the last to receive the EEG signal from such an event.
- the time delay parameter 358 A for the electrode 15 A is therefore set to 0.
- electrode 15 B which is the source of data for FIFO 344 B is known to receive an event signal 15 ms before electrode 15 A thus the time delay parameter 358 B for electrode 15 B is set to 15 ms.
- the specific samples 354 A, 354 B and 354 C are fed into the sum with delay algorithm 345 .
- the sum with delay algorithm 345 adds these specific FIFO samples together to produce the signal 355 as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5D.
- FIG. 5D shows the current sample of the signal 355 and the last 100 milliseconds of the signal 355 created by the sum with delay algorithm 345 .
- a simple means to detect, a neurological event using the sum with delay algorithm 345 with resulting signal 355 is to compare the signal 355 with a fixed event detection threshold 369 as shown in FIG. 5D.
- the threshold 369 is exceeded at times 0, ⁇ 10 ms and ⁇ 20 ms.
- This methodology can be an effective means for event detection when used in conjunction with the automatic gain control algorithms 342 A, 342 B and 342 C as shown in FIG. 4.
- the automatic gain control has the effect which is seen in FIGS. 5A through 5C of keeping the samples of the squared EEG signals below the AGC limits 362 A, 362 B and 362 C which limits are programmed into the automatic gain control algorithms 342 A, 342 B and 342 C shown in FIG. 4.
- the AGC subroutines 342 A, 342 B and 342 C might adjust the amplitude of the EEG signals 352 A through 352 N based on the average energy detected over a period of several minutes so that a rapidly changing signal such as that from a neurological event will not be affected.
- the delay parameters 358 A, 358 B and 358 C may be self-adaptive, so that when an event is detected, post-analysis by the digital signal processor 34 using the data stored in the FIFOs 344 A, 344 B, and 344 C can determine if adjusting the delays 358 B and 358 C plus or minus in time would increase or decrease the sum of the time-synchronized squared EEG signals 355 . If the signal 355 increases by a shift of the time delay 358 B or 358 C, then the delay parameters 358 B and 358 C could be automatically changed to increase the sensitivity for future event detection.
- This example of the capability to modify its own operating parameters is an example of self-adaptation of the programmable digital signal processor 34 .
- other programmable components of the system 10 of FIG. 2 other than the event detection sub-system 30 may be self-adaptive to be capable of optimizing system operability without external commands.
- FIGS. 5 A- 5 D show the signals relating to an implementation of the present invention using 3 signal electrodes, the algorithms described can be applied to any set of 2 or more signal electrodes.
- the electrodes instead of delaying the signals from each electrode to provide time synchronization, the electrodes might be placed at positions where the time delays from an epileptic focus to each electrode could be the same. Furthermore, it is envisioned that instead of squaring the value of the EEG signal amplitude, which is done to eliminate a zero average over a certain period of time, the same objective could be accomplished by rectification of the EEG signal.
- FIG. 6 shows an embodiment of the present invention in which the digital signal processor processing 440 based on DSP program instructions 448 takes the digitized EEG signals 23 A, 23 B, 23 C and 23 D from four brain electrodes 15 A, 15 B, 15 C and 15 D and creates the difference signal 424 from signals 23 A and 23 B using the subtraction algorithm 434 , and the difference signal 425 from signals 23 C and 23 D using the subtraction algorithm 435 .
- the difference signals 424 and 425 can then be multiplied by weighting factor algorithms 436 and 437 to adjust for difference in signal level for events arriving at each pair of electrodes.
- the resulting weighted differential EEG signals 426 and 427 are summed by the algorithm 438 to create the summed differential EEG signal 428 .
- the summed differential EEG signal 428 can then be transformed into a set of frequency band signals 456 - 1 through 456 -M by the algorithm 446 as previously described with respect to the digital signal processing 340 shown in FIG. 4.
- FIG. 6 will work best when the electrode pairs 15 A- 15 B and 15 C 15 D are located in positions that will cause the EEG signal differences 424 and 425 to be synchronized in time for EEG signals originating at the focus of a neurological event. It is also envisioned that a programmable delay adjustment, as described for FIG. 4, could be implemented here if the time delays for EEG signal differences 424 and 425 from a neurological event are not the same.
- the summed differential EEG signal 428 , the difference EEG signals 424 and 425 , and the frequency band signals 456 - 1 through 456 -M can be sent via interconnection 24 to the event processing microcomputer 36 for storage.
- the input stage could use any one or more pairs of brain electrodes with no single common electrode.
- the processing 340 of FIG. 4 and 440 of FIG. 6 are examples of two different implementations of multiple step signal conditioning programs that can be run within the programmable digital signal processor 34 of FIGS. 2 and 3.
- FIG. 7 shows the software flow chart for event recording and processing 360 of the event processing microcomputer 36 used for the second stage of the event detection sub-system 30 shown in FIGS. 2 and 3.
- event recording and processing 360 represents the algorithms and subroutines in software used by the event processing microcomputer 36 (hardware) as the event detection means and also to record relevant EEG and spectral band data.
- a primary objective of event recording and processing 360 software is to make possible the recording of AGC modified EEG signals 352 A through 352 N inclusive and the frequency band signals 356 - 1 to 356 -M inclusive by the central processing system 50 .
- FIG. 8 indicates that the central processing system 50 is capable of recording EEG and frequency band data for “X” minutes before a neurological event is detected and “Y” minutes after the neurological event is detected.
- the event recording and processing 360 of FIG. 7 is used to facilitate this data recording capability.
- the EEG signals 352 A through 352 N (also see FIG. 4) are stored in data FIFO memories 363 A through 363 N. If an event is detected, the FIFOs 363 A through 363 N can be read by the central processor 51 via the link 53 to retrieve the stored EEG data streams 373 A through 373 N for a time “X” minutes before the event.
- the central processor 51 can also read the data FIFOs 363 A through 363 N in real time after detection of a neurological event for a period of “Y” minutes.
- the data FIFOs 363 A through 363 N could be used to store and then read out “Y” minutes of data stored after the event is detected.
- the goal of retrieving “X” minutes of pre-event detection data and “Y” minutes of post-event detection data can be achieved.
- the central processing system 50 may be programmed to record EEG data from a sub-set of the electrodes 15 A through 15 N (see FIG. 2). All data stored by the central processing system 50 can be retrieved by the patient's doctor for analysis with the goal of improving the response of the system 10 so as to more reliably stop a neurological event.
- FIG. 7 also shows two different schemes for detecting an event. If the amplitude of the sum of the time-synchronized squared EEG signals 355 exceeds the event detection threshold 369 as shown in FIG. 5D (using threshold detector algorithm 368 of FIG. 7), the algorithm 368 sends a positive event detected message 358 to the event density counter/detector algorithm 371 .
- the event density counter/detector algorithm 371 determines if there have been enough events in the most recent time period “T” to notify the central processor 51 with the event identified message 372 indicating that an event has really occurred.
- a typical time period “T” would be approximately 2 seconds but could be in the range from 1 ⁇ 2 to 100 seconds.
- the event density counter/detector algorithm 371 will reduce the number of false positive event identifications by eliminating short uncorrelated EEG bursts. If the number of events in the time period “T” is set equal to 1, then the system will be most sensitive and any time sample which exceeds the threshold 369 in the threshold detector algorithm 368 , will be passed on as an event identified message 372 . A typical setting for the number of events for a two second time period “T” would be four.
- the system for detecting a neurological event based on the threshold detector 368 would involve processing data for the entire frequency spectrum of the sum of the time-synchronized and squared EEG signals 355 .
- the signal 355 can be transformed into a set of frequency band signals 356 - 1 through 356 -M inclusive each of which signals is of limited bandwidth as compared with the broadband signal 355 .
- Each of the frequency band signals 356 - 1 through 356 -M of FIG. 7 can be analyzed by a corresponding threshold detector algorithm 367 - 1 through 367 -M, respectively, in a manner exactly analogous to the threshold detector algorithm 368 used to detect events from the broadband signal 355 .
- each of the set of threshold detector algorithms 367 - 1 through 367 -M can send a positive event detected signal 357 - 1 through 357 -M to a corresponding frequency band event density counter/detector 369 - 1 through 369 -M when the amplitude of the frequency band signal 356 - 1 through 356 -M exceeds a preset threshold level.
- the frequency band event density counter/detectors 369 - 1 through 369 -M will, analogous to the event density counter/detector 371 , determine if there are a sufficient number of events per time period “T” in any of the bands 1 through M to send an event identified message 359 - 1 through 359 -M to the central processor 51 indicating that a neurological event has occurred.
- each of the M frequency band signals 356 - 1 through 356 -M is stored in FIFO memories 366 - 1 through 366 -M, so that if an event is detected, the FIFOs can be read by the central processing system 50 via the link 53 to retrieve the frequency band data streams 376 - 1 through 376 -M for a time “X” before event detection until some time “Y” after event detection.
- FIG. 8 illustrates this concept for data storage.
- Constructing computer code to store and retrieve sampled digital signals from FIFO memory is well known in the art of software design. Comparing an input signal amplitude against a preset threshold, determining the number of counts per unit time and comparing the counts per unit time against a preset number of counts per unit time are also well known in the art of software design.
- the software which is the digital signal processor processing 340 is run by the programmable digital signal processor 34 according to the DSP program instructions 348 .
- the software for event recording and processing 360 is run by the event processing microcomputer 36 of FIG. 4 according to the program instructions for DSP and event processing 375 .
- the programming instructions for DSP and event processing 375 serves as a pass through for the DSP program instructions 348 of FIG. 4.
- the program instructions for DSP and event processing 375 are received by the event processing microcomputer 36 (using the software for event recording and processing 360 ) from the central processor 51 via the interconnection 52 .
- the DSP program instructions 348 are received over interconnection 25 by the digital signal processor 34 from the program instructions for DSP processing and event processing 375 of FIG. 7.
- the thresholds to be used for detection by the threshold detector algorithms 368 and 367 - 1 through 367 -M and the required event densities for event identification by the event density counter/detector algorithms 371 and 369 - 1 through 369 -M, will typically be programmed to minimize the chance of missing a “real” neurological event even though this could result in the occasional false positive identification of an event.
- This bias toward allowing false positives might typically be set to produce from 1 ⁇ 2 to 5 times as many false positives as “real” events.
- the software for event recording and processing 360 might not require a separate microcomputer but could operate either as a set of subroutines in the central processor 51 or a set of subroutines in the programmable digital signal processor 34 .
- the event recording and processing software 360 could be programmed to provide an event detection means based on detecting specific aspects of the waveform of either time or frequency domain outputs of the signal conditioning by the digital signal processor 36 .
- Such aspects of the waveform could include pulse width, first derivative or waveform shape.
- FIG. 9 shows a flow chart of the software for central processor processing 510 as run by the central processor 51 of FIG. 2.
- the central processor 51 receives event detection messages 372 and 359 - 1 through 359 -M, EEG data streams 373 A through 373 N and the frequency band data streams 376 - 1 through 376 -M from the event processing microcomputer 36 .
- the central processor 51 of FIG. 2 also sends and receives data to and from the data communication sub-system 60 via interconnections 56 and 57 .
- the processing 510 processes these messages, signals, and data streams.
- Algorithm 514 receives the event detection messages 372 and 359 - 1 through 359 -M provided by the event processing microcomputer 36 via the link 53 .
- the algorithm 514 calls the subroutine 512 .
- the calling of the subroutine 512 by the algorithm 514 is indicated by the element 515 .
- the subroutine 512 reads and saves to the central processor's memory 55 via the link 518 , the last X minutes of stored EEG data streams 373 A through 373 N and frequency band data streams 376 - 1 through 376 -M from the event processing microcomputer 36 .
- the algorithm 512 will continue to read and save to the central processor's memory 55 , the next “Y” minutes of EEG data streams 373 A through 373 N and frequency band data streams 376 - 1 through 376 -M from the event processing microcomputer 36 . As seen in FIG. 8, these data streams may include a blank period during stimulation followed by data that can be analyzed to determine the efficacy of the treatment.
- the algorithm 514 also causes a signal 511 to be sent to the stimulation sub-system 40 via the link 54 to cause the stimulation sub-system 40 to respond as programmed to stop the neurological event.
- Values for X and Y will typically be several minutes for X and as much as a half-hour for Y.
- the memory 55 must be large enough for at least one event and could be large enough to hold 10 or more events.
- the values X and Y like other parameters are programmable and adaptable to the needs of each particular patient.
- the I/O subroutine 517 receives physician commands from the data communication sub-system 60 via the link 56 and, in turn, reads and sends back via the link 57 the data stream 519 containing the event related data previously stored in the memory 55 by the algorithm 512 . These data are transmitted to the external equipment 11 by the data communication sub-system 60 via the wireless link 72 as shown in FIGS. 2 and 11.
- the I/O subroutine 517 also plays a key role in the downloading of software programs and parameters 59 to the programmable sub-systems of the implantable system 10 of FIG. 2.
- These programmable sub-systems include the event detection sub-system 30 , the central processing system 50 and the stimulation sub-system 40 .
- the programmable components of the event detection sub-system 30 are the programmable digital signal processor 34 and the event processing microcomputer 36 shown in FIG. 3.
- the programming instructions and parameters 59 for the programmable sub-systems 30 , 40 and 50 are downloaded through the I/O subroutine 517 by the programming and parameters downloading subroutine 516 of the central processor processing 510 .
- the subroutine 516 stores the instructions and parameters 59 and downloads the program instructions for DSP and event processing 375 (also see FIG. 7) for the event detection sub-system 30 via link 52 to the event processing microcomputer 36 .
- the subroutine 516 also downloads the stimulation sub-system instructions and parameters 592 via the link 54 to the stimulation sub-system 40 .
- the subroutine 516 also updates the memory 55 with the programming instructions and parameters 594 for the central processor processing 510 .
- Programmable microprocessors or self-contained microcomputers such as the Intel 8048 and 8051 , which contain read only memory for basic programs and random access memory for data storage and/or program storage, can be used to implement the central processor processing 510 as previously described. It is also envisioned that a custom VLSI chip involving microprocessor, signaling and memory modules could be produced specifically for this application. All of the previously described algorithms to store data, send notification signals and messages and make decisions based on input data are straightforward for a software programmer to implement based on the current state of the art.
- EEG storage for a 4 electrode system using 8 bits (one byte) per sample at a sampling rate of 250 samples per second (required for frequencies up to 125 Hz) will require 60,000 bytes per minute of data storage. Having 100 minutes of storage would require only 6 megabytes, which is readily achievable using current memory chip technology. Thus if both X and Y were each 1 minute, then a total of 50 neurological events could be stored in the 6 megabyte memory.
- non-volatile memory such as “flash memory” could be used to conserve power.
- FIG. 10 illustrates the stimulation sub-system 40 including its interconnections to other sub-systems.
- the stimulation sub-system 40 is used to stimulate the brain, responsive to a detected event.
- the preferred embodiment of the stimulation sub-system 40 comprises a delay processing microcomputer 420 and N signal generators 422 A through 422 N attached to the electrodes 15 A through 15 N by the wires 17 A through 17 N.
- the event detection signal 511 from the central processor 51 is received by the delay processing microcomputer 420 , which first sends a signal via the link 29 to the event detection sub-system 30 to shut down event detection during stimulation.
- the delay processing microcomputer 420 will then feed stimulation command signals 410 A through 410 N to the signal generators 422 A through 422 N for a specific pre-programmed time period.
- the stimulation command signals 410 A through 410 N may be simultaneous or may have a relative delay with respect to each other. These delays can be downloaded by the instruction and parameter download 592 from the central processor 51 via the link 54 . It may be desirable that the delays be adjusted so that the stimulation signals 412 A through 412 N from the signal generators 422 A through 422 N reach the neurological event focus in the brain at the same time and in-phase. This could enhance performance of the stimulation sub-system 40 in turning off a neurological event. Alternately, experience may indicate that certain signals being out of phase when they arrive at the neurological event focus may be particularly efficacious in aborting a neurological event.
- the stimulation command signals 410 A through 410 N can be used to control the amplitude, waveform, frequency, phase, and time duration of the signal generators' output signals.
- the typical stimulation signals 412 A through 412 N generated by the signal generators 422 A through 422 N should be biphasic (that is with equal energy positive and negative of ground) with a typical frequency of between 30 and 200 Hz, although frequencies of between 0.1 and 1000 Hz may be effective. It is also envisioned that pure d-c voltages might be used, although they are less desirable. If frequencies above 30 Hz are used, the signal generators could be capacitively coupled to the wires 17 A through 17 N.
- the typical width of the biphasic pulse should be between 250 and 500 microseconds, although pulse widths of 10 microseconds to 10 seconds may be effective for a particular patient. Typical voltages applied may be between 1 millivolt and 10 volts rms. The stimulation would typically be turned on for several seconds although times as short as a 1 millisecond or as long as 30 minutes may be used.
- Biphasic voltage generation circuits are well known in the art of circuit design and need not be diagrammed here. Similarly, the code to cause the delay processing microcomputer 420 to provide different command parameters to the signal generators 422 A through 422 N is easily accomplished using well known programming techniques.
- the delay processing microcomputer 420 is shown here as a separate unit, it may be practical to have the central processor 51 or the event detection microcomputer 36 of FIG. 3 provide the required processing. Consolidating many of the processing functions within a single processor is practical with the system 10 of FIG. 2 as the real time demands on any one system typically occurs when the others are not extremely busy. For example, during processing to identify an event, there is no need for data I/O, EEG storage or stimulation. When an event is detected and there is a need for EEG storage and stimulation, there is reduced need for event detection processing.
- the stimulation sub-system 40 could operate with only one electrode such as a single electrode centrally located at an epileptic focus, or a deep electrode implanted in the thalamus or the hippocampus of the brain. If this were the case, the delay processing microcomputer 420 would not be needed, and only a single signal generator circuit would be required.
- a single electrode centrally located at an epileptic focus
- a deep electrode implanted in the thalamus or the hippocampus of the brain. If this were the case, the delay processing microcomputer 420 would not be needed, and only a single signal generator circuit would be required.
- located at an epileptic focus it is meant that the electrode would be placed within 2 centimeters of the center of that focus.
- FIG. 11 shows the block diagram of the data communication sub-system 60 and the external data interface 70 including interconnections to the central processor 51 and the physician's work-station 80 .
- the antenna 730 of the external data interface is placed near the antenna 630 of the data communication sub-system 60 .
- the workstation 80 is then connected by the cable 74 to an RS-232 serial data interface circuit 740 of the external data interface 70 .
- the RS-232 serial data interface circuit 740 connects to the RF transmitter 720 and RF receiver 710 through the serial connections 722 and 712 , respectively.
- the workstation 80 can be connected to the RS-232 serial data interface over a dial-up connection 75 using the modems 750 and 85 .
- wireless signals 72 can sent to and from the RF transmitter/receiver pair 610 and 620 of the data communication sub-system 60 and the RF transmitter/receiver pair 710 and 720 of the external data interface 70 .
- the wireless signals 72 are used to command software updates via the link 612 through the serial-to-parallel data converter 614 and the link 56 to the central processor 51 .
- the wireless signals 72 are also used to send stored data back through the link 57 through the parallel-to-serial data converter 624 through the link 622 to the RF transmitter 620 .
- RF transceiver circuitry and antennas similar to this are used in data communication with heart pacemakers and defibrillators, and therefore, this technology is well known in the art of implantable programmable devices.
- RS-232 interfaces, serial to parallel and parallel to serial conversion circuits, are also well known.
- FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a hybrid analog/digital embodiment of an event detection sub-system 130 that uses time domain information for event detection.
- analog circuitry 139 is used to process and detect possible neurological events
- digital logic circuitry 138 is used to check if the density of possible events is sufficient to declare a “real” event. As in FIG.
- the incoming EEG signals 21 A through 21 N on wires 17 A through 17 N are amplified by the amplifiers 131 A through 131 N which may also provide band-pass or low-pass filtering and/or AGC of the signals 21 A through 21 N resulting in the amplified signals 121 A through 121 N which are then squared by the squarer circuits 132 A through 132 N resulting in the squared signals 122 A through 122 N.
- the squared signals 122 A through 122 N are then processed by a series of analog delay line circuits 133 A through 133 N to create the squared and time-synchronized EEG signals 123 A through 123 N, which are subsequently added together by the summing circuit 135 .
- the resulting summed time-synchronized signal 125 is then fed into a threshold detection circuit 136 which will output a digital pulse 126 whenever the summed time-synchronized signal 125 exceeds a pre-set threshold.
- the digital pulses 126 collected over time are then processed by the digital logic circuit 138 to determine if the event is real or not.
- the delay parameters 124 A through 124 N are input to the delay lines 133 A through 133 N from the central processor 151 and can be pre-set for a particular patient. Setting the values for these time delays could be based on measured delays of EEG signals received from an epileptic focus during diagnostic testing of the patient using the implanted system 10 of FIG. 2.
- a signal 129 is sent from the stimulation sub-system 40 to shut down the amplifiers 131 A through 131 N to avoid amplifier overload or mistakenly identifying a stimulation signal as a neurological event signal.
- Analog integrated circuits to multiply or sum analog signals are commercially available. Integrated circuit bucket brigade analog delay lines are also commercially available. It is also envisioned that a hybrid circuit containing multipliers, summers and delay lines could be produced to miniaturize the system 130 .
- a standard comparator circuit also available as an integrated circuit, can be used as the threshold detector 136 to compare the signal 125 with a preset threshold. If the threshold is exceeded, then a pulse is sent via the connection 126 from the threshold detector circuit 136 to the event counter 141 of the digital logic 138 .
- the digital logic 138 which counts the number of event pulses per second emitted by the threshold detector 136 , can be implemented using a simple programmable microcomputer similar to that described for event recording and processing 360 shown in FIG. 7, or it can be implemented by a collection of standard digital logic and counting circuitry. Such a set of circuitry could use a counter 141 to count the possible event pulses 126 generated by the threshold detector 136 . An event detected pulse 128 would be emitted by the counter 141 only when it overflows.
- the counter 141 is reset once a second by a reset pulse 147 from an OR gate 146 which has been sent a pulse 144 from the clock 142 , then only if the counter 141 overflows in the one second time period between reset pulses 147 will the event detected pulse 128 be generated.
- Certain available counter chips can be reset to a preset number rather than 0.
- the event counter 141 could be implemented with such a counter chip so that a reset signal will cause the counter to reset to a preset number 148 that would be set via the connection 145 from the central processor 151 .
- an 8 bit counter (which counts up to the number 256) could be set to overflow when the number of pulses counted by the counter 141 causes it to count from the downloaded preset number 148 to the number two hundred and fifty-six in less than one second.
- times of less than 1 second or more than 1 second can also be used for the time between the pulses 144 from the reset clock 142 .
- the event detected pulse 128 is also used to reset both the clock 142 and the event counter 141 .
- An OR gate 146 will allow the event counter 141 to be reset by either the pulse 144 from the clock 142 or the event detected pulse 128 .
- the processing by the central processor 151 would be analogous to that shown in FIG. 9.
- the specific threshold to be used for detection by the threshold detector 136 and the preset 148 for the event counter 141 will typically be set to minimize the chance of missing a “real” event even though this will result in occasional false positive identification of an event.
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a hybrid analog/digital representation of still another embodiment of the event detection sub-system 230 using frequency domain information for event detection.
- analog circuitry 239 is used to process and detect possible events in each of M frequency bands.
- Digital logic circuitry 238 is used to check if the density of possible events is sufficient to declare a “real” event.
- the front end (up through and including the sum 135 ) of the analog circuitry 239 of the sub-system 230 is identical to the front end of the analog circuitry 139 of FIG. 12.
- the incoming EEG signals 21 A through 21 N on wires 17 A through 17 N are amplified by the amplifiers 131 A through 131 N.
- These amplifiers 131 A through 131 N (which may also provide band-pass or low-pass filtering of the signals 21 A through 21 N) produce the amplified signals 121 A through 121 N.
- the amplified signals 121 A through 121 N are then squared by the squarer circuits 132 A through 132 N resulting in the squared signals 122 A through 122 N.
- the squared signals 122 A through 122 N are then processed by a series of analog delay line circuits 133 A through 133 N to create the squared and time-synchronized EEG signals 123 A through 123 N, which are subsequently added together by the summing circuit 135 .
- the resulting summed time-synchronized signal 125 is fed to a set of analog band-pass filters 266 - 1 through 266 -M for the M frequency bands.
- the resulting band signals 256 - 1 through 256 -M are examined by the threshold detectors 267 - 1 through 267 -M analogous to the threshold detector 136 of FIG. 12.
- Each of the threshold detectors ( 267 - 1 through 267 -M) will generate a corresponding pulse ( 257 - 1 through 257 -M) when a preset threshold is exceeded analogous to the pulse 126 generated by the threshold detector 136 of FIG. 12.
- the pulses 257 - 1 through 257 -M are fed into the event density counter/detectors 268 - 1 through 268 -M each identical to the digital logic circuit 138 of FIG. 12.
- the event density counter/detectors 268 - 1 through 268 -M will feed the detected frequency band event pulses 258 - 1 through 258 -M to the central processor 251 .
- the central processor 251 processes events from event density counter/detectors in a similar manner to the central processor 151 of FIG. 12. The main differences are that the counter presets 259 - 1 through 259 -M may be different for each of the bands as required to optimize sensitivity. During responsive brain stimulation, a signal 129 is sent from the stimulation subsystem 40 to shut down the amplifiers 131 A through 131 N to avoid amplifier overload or mistakenly identify a stimulation signal as an event signal. The processing by the central processor 251 would be analogous to that shown in FIG. 9.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram of an implantable system 910 which can respond to a detected neurological event by infusing medication from an implantable medication system 91 into the patient's body through the hollow catheter 93 .
- the system 910 is identical to the system 10 of FIG. 2 except that the programmable drug delivery sub-system 91 replaces the stimulation sub-system 40 of FIG. 2 as the subsystem that provides the response to an neurological event detected by the event detection sub-system 30 .
- the signal indicating that an event has been detected and the programming instructions for the implantable drug delivery system 91 are transmitted via the link 96 from the central processor 51 .
- CSF cerebrospinal fluid
- the event detection sub-system 30 continuously processes the EEG signals 21 A through 21 N carried by the wires 17 A through 17 N from the N electrodes 15 A through 15 N.
- the event detection sub-system 30 notifies the central processor 51 via the link 53 that an event has occurred.
- the central processor 51 signals the drug delivery system 91 via the link 96 to infuse medication through the catheter 93 into the patient's body as a means for stopping a neurological event.
- the drug delivery system 91 delivers pre-programmed drug infusion to the desired site.
- the central processor 51 will store EEG and event related data from X minutes before the event to Y minutes after the event for later analysis by the patient's physician.
- the central processor 51 may initiate a “buzz” to notify the patient that an event has occurred by sending a signal via the link 92 to the buzzer 95 .
- an externally worn system with implanted electrodes could function adequately and would allow a plug-in interface to the data communication sub-system 60 and simple battery replacement. It is also envisioned that the techniques described above would work with an external device with electrodes attached to the outside of the head. External devices would have great merit in determining if an implantable system would work well enough to be warranted. An external version with implanted electrodes could be used to record EEG signals from neurological events to calculate the optimal programming algorithms and parameters to be used by a permanently implanted system using the same set of electrodes.
- EEG recording capabilities of the present invention could be used without the event detection and stimulation components to store patient EEG activity for diagnostic purposes.
- FIG. 15 shows a top view of an intracranial system 600 consisting of brain surface electrodes 601 , 602 , 603 , 604 , 605 and 606 connected by wires 611 , 612 , 613 , 614 , 615 and 616 respectively which provide an electrical conducting means to join the electrodes 601 through 606 to a control module 620 .
- the proximal end of each of the wires 611 through 616 is connected to the control module 620
- the distal end of each of the wires 611 through 616 is connected to an electrode.
- these surface electrodes 601 - 606 are placed between the bottom of the cranium (i.e., inside the skull) and the top of the dura mater that surrounds the brain. Thus this is an epidural placement of the surface electrodes.
- six surface electrodes are shown in FIG. 15, it is envisioned that as many as 12 or more active electrodes could be usefully implanted.
- the metal case of the control module 620 could serve as a common or indifferent electrode that also could be considered to be at ground potential.
- the control module might utilize a case that is non-conducting in which only part of the outer surface is conducting so as to provide one or more electrodes. Also shown in FIG.
- a deep electrode 601 D connected by wire 611 D to the control module 620 . It is anticipated that as many as eight deep electrodes could be used with the intracranial system 600 . One or more deep electrodes might advantageously be placed in the hippocampus and/or the thalamus or possibly some other portion of deep brain tissue.
- FIG. 16 is a simplified side view of the human head 9 into which the intracranial system 600 has been implanted. In this simplified view, only one brain surface electrode 602 is shown and one deep electrode 601 D. The brain surface electrode 602 is connected by the insulated wire 612 to control module 620 . Also shown in FIG. 16 is the deep electrode 601 D connected by the wire 611 D to the control module 620 .
- FIGS. 15 and 16 also show that the control module 620 is located in an anterior portion of the patient's head 9 .
- an anterior portion is meant that it is located anterior to the head's lateral centerline (LCL) that roughly goes through the center of the ears.
- the control module 620 cannot be situated on the anterior-posterior centerline (APCL) because just under the APCL is the very large sagittal sinus vein, and it would be inadvisable to place the control module 620 at such a location.
- the reason for placing the control module 620 in the anterior half of the patient's cranium is that the middle meningeal artery and its branches, (which arteries all lie posterior to the LCL) cause grooves to be formed in the underside of the cranium. Therefore, that location is also inappropriate for removing the considerable volume of cranium bone that should be removed for placement of the control module 620 .
- FIGS. 15 and 16 also show that the electrodes are connected by wires to the control module 620 via holes that are made by removing bone from the patient's cranium. Specifically, the interconnecting wires 611 , 612 , 613 and 614 pass respectively through the holes H 1 , H 2 , H 3 and H 4 . It can also be seen in FIG. 15 that the wire 616 passes through the hole H 1 and wires 615 and 611 D pass through the hole H 4 .
- the wires 612 and 613 are placed under the scalp for most of their length because in this posterior portion of the patient's head the scalp exhibits very little motion relative to the cranium but the middle meningeal artery and its branches do cause interior surface grooves in the cranium in this posterior region of the head.
- the reverse situation is seen for the connecting wires 615 and 616 .
- most of the length of the wires 615 and 616 is placed epidurally where there are no grooves in the interior surface of the cranium.
- FIG. 15 Indicated by phantom lines in FIG. 15 is the location of an epileptic focus 630 where an electrode 601 has been placed. As previously described, it may be advantageous to provide an electrical short circuit between such an electrode 601 located over the epileptic focus 630 and the metal case of the control module 620 which acts as an indifferent, common or ground electrode. Also, responsive stimulation using only the electrode 601 may be sufficient to abort an epileptic seizure with no other electrode being actuated.
- FIG. 17 shows the location of the control module 620 connected by wires 631 and 632 to a flat wire input-output coil 635 that is placed in a posterior position on the patient's head along the APCL.
- FIG. 18 shows a cross section of the patient's cranium along the APCL showing the cross section of flat wire coil 635 and also shows a patient initiating device 750 having a case 751 and an initiating button 752 .
- FIG. 19 shows a cross section of the patient's cranium along the APCL again showing the cross section of the flat wire coil 635 and also the cross section of a cap 636 that includes a flat wire input-output communication coil 637 .
- the flat wire coils 635 and 637 can act as emitting and receiving devices to provide two-way communication between the control module 620 and the external equipment 11 .
- the flat wire coil 635 serves several important functions for the operation of the implanted system 10 .
- a first use is as the means to communicate by magnetic induction between the external equipment 11 and the implanted system 600 .
- magnetic induction is meant that an alternating magnetic field generated by (for example) the coil 638 generates an electrical current in the coil 635 .
- Such an alternating magnetic field can also be modulated to provide the wireless two-way communication link 72 of FIG. 2.
- the external equipment 11 via the communication coil 637 can be used to read out telemetry stored in the control module 620 or reprogram the control module 620 with new software or operational parameters.
- the flat coil 635 Another use of the flat coil 635 is to allow the patient's initiating device 750 to cause a specific action to occur within the implanted system 10 .
- the device 750 can be used to trigger a response from the implanted system 600 that would be initiated by the patient when he or she feels that some neurological event was about to occur. For example, when the aura of a seizure is felt or some visual manifestation of a migraine headache, the patient would place the device 750 over the site of the implanted control module and then press the actuate button 752 .
- the device 750 might have several buttons to initiate different responses from the implanted system 600 .
- buttons could be used to initiate some different response from the implanted system 600 .
- a coil within the patient's initiating device 750 can communicate by magnetic induction with the flat coil 635 to carry out a specific action such as: (1) hold data stored in the FIFOs to be read out at a later time, (2) provide a pre-programmed response to stop a neurological event, (3) turn off the implanted system, and (4) initiate any other action requested by the patient that has been pre-programmed by the physician.
- FIG. 19 Another use for the flat coil 635 , as shown in FIG. 19, is to connect the communication coil 637 via the wire 638 to the charging equipment 639 as required to recharge a rechargeable battery that would be located in the control module 620 .
- the external equipment 11 could also provide electrical power to the control module 620 during readout of telemetry or during reading in of new operational parameters. Powering the control module 620 from an external source during such times of high power drains could extend the lifetime of a primary (non-rechargeable) battery located in the control module 620 .
- FIG. 17 shows the flat coil 635 located remotely from the control module 620 , such a coil could also be placed on the surface of or interior to the control module 620 .
- Remote placement has the advantage that the high frequency and intense alternating magnetic field required for communication or recharging would not be placed onto the electronics portion of the control module 620 thus avoiding interference with the operation of the system 600 .
- the coupling by magnetic induction of the coil 635 with either the device 750 or the communication coil 637 can provide the wireless communication link 72 of FIG. 2. It is envisioned that any of the two-way communication capabilities described herein could be implemented via the electromagnetic induction structures as shown in FIGS. 17, 18, and 19 , or via the radio frequency (RF) components shown in FIG. 11.
- RF radio frequency
- FIG. 20 is a top view of a thin-walled metal shell 621 that acts as a base for the control module 620 .
- FIG. 21 is a cross section of the control module 620 and also shows the cross section of the shell 621 as indicated by the section 21 - 21 in FIG. 20.
- FIGS. 20 and 21 show that the shell 621 has a flange 622 and four holes through which are inserted bone screws 623 that attach the shell 621 to the bony structure of the cranium.
- Also shown in FIG. 20 and 21 are input wires (of which only wire 611 is indicated) that enter the insulating strain relief structure 640 .
- the electronics module 626 contains most if not all of the electronic circuitry that is contained within the control module 620 . Also shown in FIG. 21 is the battery 625 , which has a top plate 624 that extends over the flange 622 of the shell 621 . An O-ring 627 is used to provide a fluid seal to prevent body fluids from entering the control module 620 . A silicone rubber adhesive or one or more small metal screws could be used to join the top plate 624 to the flange 622 of the shell 621 .
- the shell 621 , battery 625 , and electronics module 626 constitute the three major parts of the control module 620 .
- the control module 620 is designed for easy implantation within a space in the cranium where the bone has been removed.
- the thickness of the cranium at the site of the implantation would be approximately 10 mm. Therefore, the thickness of the control module 620 would be approximately the same 10 mm with a diameter of approximately 40 mm.
- To implant the control module 620 the hair would be shaved over the implantation site, an incision would be made in the scalp, and the bone would be removed to make room for the control module 620 .
- holes such as H 1 -H 4 inclusive would be made in the cranium for the pass-through of wires connecting to the brain electrodes.
- FIG. 21 shows the electronics module 626 located beneath the battery 625 , it also envisioned that those positions could be reversed if such positioning offered a more advantageous construction. In either case, either the battery 625 or the electronics module 626 could be readily replaced through a simple incision in the scalp over the site of the implanted control module 620 after the hair has been removed from the incision site.
- FIG. 22 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the invention in which the system 700 for the treatment of neurological disorders utilizes a control module 720 that is located in the patient's chest.
- the system 700 uses epidural electrodes 701 , 702 and 703 and a deep electrode 701 D; the electrodes being joined by connecting wires 711 , 712 , 713 and 711 D, respectively, through a wire cable 710 to the control module 720 .
- the electrode 701 is shown placed at an epileptic focus 730 . This system can be used in exactly the same manner as previously described for the system 10 that had a control module 20 that was placed within the cranium.
- FIG. 23 illustrates another embodiment of the invention that utilizes a control module placed between the patient's scalp and cranium and a remotely located implantable sensor/actuator device 850 located within the patient's body but not in the patient's head.
- the system 800 could operate in one of two modes. In the first mode, the sensor/actuator device 850 would operate as a sensor for sensing some physiological condition such as an elevated blood pressure or an electrical signal from a nerve or muscle indicating the presence of pain.
- the active electrode 854 is connected by the wire 851 to the sensor/actuator device 850 using the metal case of the sensor/actuator device 850 as an indifferent electrode.
- An electrical signal in the frequency range 1 to 500 kHz emitted from the electrode 854 could be used to communicate with the control module 820 , thus providing a signaling means to the control module 820 from the remote sensor/actuator device 850 .
- signaling means can also be provided from the control module 820 to the sensor/actuator device 850 .
- the electrical signal from the sensor/actuator device 850 would be detected between the active electrode 801 and an indifferent electrode that could be the metal case of control module 820 or it could be a separate electrode.
- the active electrode 801 is connected to the control module 820 by the connecting wire 811 . It should be noted that in FIG. 23, the electrode 801 is placed epidurally at the bottom of the hole H 8 . This can be a comparatively simple way to place an epidural electrode.
- the control module 820 Having received a signal from the sensor/actuator device 850 acting as a sensor, the control module 820 would send a signal via the wire 812 to electrode 802 to act on that portion of the brain that would result in a treatment of the physiological condition that caused the sensor/actuator device 850 to communicate with the control module 820 .
- the electrode 802 could be used to turn off a certain region of the brain so that the patient would not perceive that pain.
- a second mode of operation for the system 800 would be when the intracranial portion of the system 800 is used for sensing an adverse physiological condition, and the sensor/actuator device 850 is used as an actuator to carry out some treatment at a remote location to ameliorate that adverse physiological condition.
- the electrode 802 would sense the adverse condition and send an alternating electrical signal out from electrode 801 to carry out some treatment at a remote location within the body.
- the electrode 854 would receive that signal and could cause the sensor/actuator device 850 to carry out a pre-programmed treatment.
- the sensor/actuator device 850 could be instructed to release medication via the catheter 853 into the cerebrospinal fluid (the CSF) to relieve that headache.
- the CSF cerebrospinal fluid
- a Parkinson's disease tremor might be detected and the neurotransmitter epinephrine would be appropriately released into the CSF to relieve that tremor.
- the electrode 856 which is connected by the wire 852 to the sensor/actuator device 850 .
- the communication signal means between the control module 820 and the sensor/actuator device 850 could be modulated by any one of several well known techniques (such as AM, FM, phase modulation, etc.) in order to carry out proportional responses based upon the sensing signal received by the electrode 802 and processed by the control module 820 . It should also be understood that communication between the control module 820 and the remote sensor/actuator device 850 could be accomplished by acoustic (e.g. ultrasonic) vibrations from a buzzer at either location to a microphone at the receiving end of the transmission or by any suitable electromagnetic communication means.
- acoustic e.g. ultrasonic
- the signaling means between the control module 820 and the remote sensor/actuator device 850 may be in the form of either analog or digital signals.
- FIG. 23 also illustrates how a buzzer 95 connected by the wires 92 to a control module 820 could be used as part of the means for stopping a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure. Since the buzzer could be located in close proximity to the ear, if it produces an acoustic output when an epileptic seizure is detected by the control module 820 , that acoustic input into the brain can stop the epileptic seizure. Furthermore, a hearing aid type of acoustic output device 895 placed in the ear could have an acoustic output of a particular intensity and pitch that could turn off the seizure.
- the operation of either the buzzer 95 or the acoustic output device 895 would be automatic, i.e., when a seizure precursor is detected, an acoustic input signal would be applied automatically.
- the device 895 could be actuated by receiving a signal from the buzzer 95 .
- FIG. 23 also shows a visual light source 896 that could be a light emitting diode in eyeglasses worn by the patient or a special flashlight type of device. Either device could be used with a particular wavelength of light and rate of flashing on and off so as to provide a visual input that could act as a means for stopping an epileptic seizure.
- the light source 896 could be automatic if it were on a pair of eyeglasses, if a flashlight type of device is used, the visual input would be manually applied.
- a sensory actuator 897 which can apply electrical stimulation to electrodes 898 through wires 899 to the patient's skin.
- the sensory actuator 897 might also produce mechanical vibrations applied directly to the patient's skin.
- FIG. 24 shows an alternative embodiment of the invention, which uses a multiple pin, pyrolytic carbon receptacle 911 placed through the patient's scalp, which receptacle provides a multiplicity of electrical connections for the control module 920 .
- the system 900 has a control module 920 that is electrically connected to the receptacle 911 by means of the wire cable 922 .
- the mating plug 912 is connected by the cable 913 to provide two-way communication via electrical wires between the control module 920 and the external equipment 11 .
- the plug 912 and cable 913 can also be used with the charging equipment 914 to recharge a rechargeable battery (not shown) located in the control module 920 .
- FIG. 24 shows an acoustic (ultrasonic) transducer 931 mounted on the control module 920 that can communicate with the externally located transducer 932 that is in two-way communication with the external equipment 11 through the wire cable 933 .
- an infrared emitter/receiver 941 can send an infrared signal through the patient's scalp to an infrared emitter/receiver 943 that is connected by the wire cable 943 to the external equipment 11 .
- two-way communication 72 can also be accomplished by a variety of electromagnetic means including an alternating magnetic field or by radio frequency communication.
- FIG. 24 also shows other locations for electrodes that are to be placed in close proximity to the brain.
- FIG. 24 shows an electrode 950 mounted on the outer surface of the scalp that is connected by the cable wire 951 to the control module 920 .
- Such an external electrode 950 could also be used with an externally placed control module (not shown).
- electrodes such as the electrode 960 could be placed between the patient's scalp and cranium and would be connected by the wire cable 961 to the control module 920 .
- electrodes such as the electrode 950 could be placed between the dura mater and the arachnoid and would be connected via the wire cable 971 to the control module 920 .
- any of the electrodes described herein that are in the general proximity of the brain either inside or on top of the patient's head or deep within the patient's brain can all be considered to be “brain electrodes.”
- FIG. 25 illustrates a system 980 for the treatment of neurological disorders that uses an external control module 990 with either internal or external means for stopping a neurological event.
- the scalp-mounted electrode 994 connected by the wire 996 to the control module 990 could be used to detect a neurological event. Of course one could use a multiplicity of such scalp-mounted electrodes.
- the control module 990 could actuate an acoustic input device 895 , or a visual light input device 986 or an actuator 897 for other sensory inputs.
- a system 980 envisions a control module 990 mounted external to the patient that uses external remote actuators that can provide acoustic, visual or other sensory inputs that could stop an epileptic seizure.
- the system 980 envisions the use of the externally mounted control module 990 with electrodes mounted in close proximity to the brain or actually within the brain (i.e. “brain electrodes”).
- the electrodes 801 and 802 could be mounted on the dura mater and a deep electrode 801 D could be placed within the brain itself.
- the wires 811 , 812 and 811 D could be connected to receptacle 982 that is mated to the plug 984 that connects by the wire 992 to the control module 990 .
- the electrodes 801 , 802 and 801 D could be used either for sensing a neurological event or for providing an electrical stimulation to stop such a neurological event.
- the remote sensor/actuator device 850 can be used as part of the means for stopping a neurological event by applying an electrical stimulus to one or two vagus nerves by means of the electrodes 854 and/or 856 . This could also be accomplished using the system shown in FIG. 23, i.e., with any control module 820 (or 20 ) that is implanted beneath the scalp.
- the catheter 853 can be used to apply medication as part of the means for stopping a neurological event.
- the sensor/actuator device 850 can be triggered to stop the neurological event by means of a signal originating from the externally mounted control module 990 .
- an external remote actuator 897 which can apply electrical stimulation to electrodes 898 through wires 899 to the patient's skin.
- the actuator 897 might also produce mechanical vibrations applied directly to the patient's skin as another form of sensory input.
- FIG. 26 is a block diagram of the implanted and external portions of an alternate embodiment of the system 1010 having enhanced patient communication capabilities. This embodiment is similar to that of FIG. 2 with the “buzzer” 95 of FIG. 2 now called an acoustic transducer 1095 and the acoustic transducer 1095 also having connection to the event sub-system now called the signal processing sub-system 1030 that allows the acoustic transducer 1095 to act as a microphone in picking up mechanical vibrations including but not limited to human speech.
- the “buzzer” 95 of FIG. 2 now called an acoustic transducer 1095 and the acoustic transducer 1095 also having connection to the event sub-system now called the signal processing sub-system 1030 that allows the acoustic transducer 1095 to act as a microphone in picking up mechanical vibrations including but not limited to human speech.
- the wires 17 A through 17 N from the electrodes 15 A through 15 N, and the wire 18 from the common electrode 16 are shown connected to both the signal processing sub-system 1030 and the stimulation sub-system 40 . It is also envisioned to use the case of the control module 20 of FIG. 1 as the common (or indifferent) electrode 16 .
- the wires 17 A through 17 N carry EEG signals 21 A through 21 N from the electrodes 15 A through 15 N to the signal processing sub-system 1030 .
- the electrodes 15 A through 15 N can be energized by the stimulation sub-system 40 via the wires 17 A through 17 N to electrically stimulate the patient's brain using the stimulation signals 412 A through 412 N respectively.
- the electrodes 15 A through 15 N and 16 shown here are connected to both the signal processing sub-system 1030 and the stimulation sub-system 40 , it is obvious that a separate set of electrodes and associated wires could be used with each sub-system. Furthermore, it is envisioned that any one, several or all of the electrodes 15 A through 15 N could be electrically connected (i.e., shorted) to the electrode 16 or to each other. This would be accomplished by appropriate switching circuitry in the stimulation sub-system 40 .
- the signal processing sub-system 1030 receives the EEG signals 21 A through 21 N (referenced to system ground 19 connected to the wire 18 from the common electrode 16 ) and processes them to identify neurological events such as an epileptic seizure or its precursor.
- a central processing system 1050 with central processor 1051 and memory 1055 acts to control and coordinate all functions of the implantable system 1010 .
- the interconnection 1052 is used to transmit programming parameters and instructions to the signal processing sub-system 1030 from the central processing system 1050 .
- the interconnection 1053 is used to transmit signals to the central processing system 1050 identifying the detection of a neurological event by the signal processing sub-system 1030 .
- the interconnection 1053 is also used to transmit EEG and other related data for storage in the memory 1055 .
- the interconnection 1053 is used to transmit processed acoustic signals from the acoustic signals from the acoustic transducer 1095 that have been signal processed by the signal processing sub-system 1030 .
- the central processor 1051 can command the stimulation sub-system 40 via the interconnection 54 to transmit electrical signals to any one or more of the electrodes 15 A through 15 N via the wires 17 A through 17 N. It is anticipated that, if appropriate electrical signals 412 A to 412 N inclusive are transmitted to certain locations in or near the brain, the normal progression of an epileptic seizure can be aborted. At the same time or just before or just after the application of electrical stimulation by the stimulation sub-system 40 , an electrical signal can be sent from the central processor 1051 .
- a power supply 90 provides power to each component of the system 1010 .
- Power supplies for comparable implantable devices such as heart pacemakers and heart defibrillators are well known in the art of implantable electronic devices.
- Such a power supply typically utilizes a primary (non-rechargeable) storage battery with an associated DC-to-DC converter to obtain whatever voltages are required for the implantable system 1010 .
- Data stored in the memory 1055 can be retrieved by the patient's physician by a wireless communication link 72 with the data communication sub-system 60 connected to the central processing system 1050 .
- An external data interface 1070 can be directly connected with an RS-232 type serial connection 74 to the physician's workstation 80 .
- the serial connection may be via modems 85 and 750 and phone line 75 from the patient's home to the physician's workstation 80 .
- the software in the computer section of the physician's workstation 80 allows the physician to read out a history of events detected including EEG information before, during, and after the event as well as specific information relating to the detection of the event such as the time evolving energy spectrum of the patient's EEG.
- the workstation 80 also allows the physician to specify or alter the programmable parameters of the implantable system 1100 .
- the acoustic transducer 1095 (buzzer) is connected by the link 1094 to the digital-to-analog converter 1093 that is connected to the central processor 1051 via the link 1092 .
- the acoustic transducer 1095 can be used to notify the patient that an event has occurred or that the implanted system 1010 is not functioning properly.
- the acoustic transducer could provide a mechanical vibration (typically an acoustic signal) that could be perceived by the patient.
- an acoustic signal emitted by the acoustic transducer 1095 will be detectable by the patient's ear.
- the acoustic transducer 1095 could be part of the electronics module 626 shown in FIG. 21. In this embodiment the acoustic transducer 10 would be in contact with the thin-walled metal shell 621 of the control module 620 shown in FIG. 21. In this configuration, the vibration of the acoustic transducer 1095 will be heard by the patient through bone conduction with the advantage of having the acoustic transducer 1095 not be separate from the control module. This sound produced by the acoustic transducer 1095 itself can be an automatic means for stopping an epileptic seizure.
- the acoustic signal delivered by the acoustic transducer 1095 can be a buzz, a tone, a sequence or combination of tones, a segment of recorded music, a synthesized or reproduced complex sound, or a segment of human speech.
- the speech could be either synthesized human speech or recorded and digitally encoded human speech stored in the memory of the control module or transmitted from the external equipment 11 to the control module.
- the acoustic transducer 1095 would typically be a small acoustic transducer such as a piezoelectric crystal or the miniature loudspeaker from a hearing aid.
- the speech segments could be stored in the digital memory 1055 of the system 1010 using encoding methods including but not limited to PCM, ADPCM, or LPC (or variations thereof, such as CELP, code-excited linear prediction) and played out through a digital-to-analog converter 1093 to the buzzer 1095 .
- encoding methods including but not limited to PCM, ADPCM, or LPC (or variations thereof, such as CELP, code-excited linear prediction) and played out through a digital-to-analog converter 1093 to the buzzer 1095 .
- an amplifier may be used to increase the signal strength on the link 1094 if the output of the digital-to-analog converter 1093 is insufficient to drive the buzzer 1095 .
- a complex sound can be generated as an electrical signal by known analog or digital sound synthesis methods or by known analog or digital sound reproduction methods (such as PCM- or ADPCM-encoded waveforms stored in digital memory and played through a digital-to-analog converter).
- Speech synthesis integrated circuits that can convert text into human speech are well known. Such a speech synthesis chip could be inserted between the processor 1051 and the digital-to-analog converter 1093 . This would allow the voice announcements to be stored as text strings instead of encoded voice recordings reducing the amount of digital memory required.
- the buzzer 1095 or acoustic transducer of the present invention is designed to provide audible information via vibrations to a person with an ordinary (or functional) level of hearing.
- Buzzes, tones, combinations or sequences of tones, complex sounds, or segments of reproduced or synthesized human speech are used by the invention to provide information to the patient regarding, in various embodiments, the state or function of the device or conditions identified by the device.
- These sounds are transmitted to the patient's ears, preferably via bone conduction through the cranium, but possibly simply through the air.
- a device according to the invention would generate specific sounds, as set forth above, and generally would not amplify external ambient sound for transmittal to and electrical stimulation of the middle or inner ear.
- a device according to the invention is not adapted to provide hearing assistance; it is designed to provide information to the patient.
- the acoustic transducer 1095 can also act as a microphone to convert mechanical vibration into electrical signals that can be processed by the signal processing sub-system 1030 .
- Most signal processing chips can be programmed to recognize spoken words as well as other electrical signals.
- the signal processing sub-system 1030 might be programmed to detect neurological events by processing EEG signals and simultaneously be programmed to recognize spoken commands picked up by the acoustic transducer 1095 .
- a sequence of tapping on the head near the control module could be used to command the system 1010 or to turn on the speech detection program. For example, detecting two sets of 5 taps with less than 10 seconds between the sets could is a signal that would be unlikely to be accidentally produced by natural events.
- Such detection is straightforward for the event recording and processing system 360 with programmable components like the event density counter 371 shown in FIG. 7. With tap detection using 1 tap for yes and 2 taps for no, in response to speech prompts delivered by the acoustic transducer 1095 , a means for patient communication with an implanted device can be accomplished without the need for any external equipment. This would also eliminate the need for an external magnet such as is used with heart pacemakers and implantable defibrillators to change system modes of the implantable device.
- the ability to communicate with the patient from an implantable device has applications beyond notification of detected neurological events. Such communication can be reminders to the patient to take medications, warnings that the device battery is low and needs recharging or replacements or just a daily notification that the system is functioning properly. If the system 1010 is acting only as a neurological event detector without stimulation, the announcement could tell the patient to take medication, sit down, or stop activities because a seizure is about to begin.
- the external data interface 1070 can be a personal computer, a PDA such as a 3Com Palm Pilot or handheld PC running Microsoft Windows CE. It could also be a modified wireless phone that might have the modem for external data transmission built in allowing contact between the patient and doctor from any location.
- system 1010 could work cooperatively with the external data interface 1070 in the following ways.
- the external data interface 1070 could provide text or speech instructions to the patient for taking medications related to the condition detected by the system 1010 .
- the external data interface 1070 could instruct the patient to schedule an appointment with the physician.
- the external data interface 1070 could automatically call for an ambulance or paramedic if the condition was severe.
- the external data interface 1070 could retrieve data from the memory 1055 and transmit it on to the physician's workstation 80 .
- the present invention of particular importance associated with detection of a precursor. With the ability to detect the precursor that is a first neurological event of a second neurological event that would have clinical manifestations, an alert to take medication could be extremely effective in averting a seizure. Techniques for the prediction of epileptic seizures have been widely published by Osorio and others and indicate that it can be possible to detect the precursor electrical signal predictive of the onset of a seizure many minutes before the clinical symptoms appear.
- acoustic transducer 1095 need be positioned so that mechanical vibration produced would be detectable by the patient's ears. The remainder of the system might be implanted elsewhere in the body like the control module 720 of FIG. 22. The acoustic transducer 1095 could also be part of an external device such as the control module 99 of FIG. 25 that sits behind the patient's ear.
- the system 1010 has a wireless external communication link 72 that could allow external equipment to initiate the acoustic signals played to the patient by the acoustic transducer 1095 .
- Such signals could include instructions for downloading stored EEG data stored in the memory 1055 through the modem 750 to the Physician's workstation 80 .
- signals of interest for the present invention could be the ringing or voice signals received by a telephone or an alarm generated by the external equipment 11 .
- a real time clock 91 is used for timing and synchronizing various portions of the implanted system 10 and also to enable the system to provide the exact date and time corresponding to each neurological event that is detected by the implantable system 1010 and recorded in memory.
- the interconnection 96 is used to send data from the central processor 1051 to the real time clock 91 in order to set the correct date and time in the clock 91 .
- the real time clock 91 is useful if a daily message such as “System OK” is played at noon each day to the patient through the acoustic transducer 1095 .
- FIG. 26 also shows an implantable external sensor 1012 with link 1014 to the central processor 1051 .
- implantable external sensors are:
- a pressure sensor for use in sensing blood pressure, intra-cranial pressure or pressure at any other desirable location within the human body.
- a system with a blood pressure sensor could prompt the patient to take medication to reduce their high blood pressure.
- the system 910 of FIG. 14 with infusion pump 91 and catheter 92 or the remote module 850 of FIG. 23 having drug delivery catheter 853 the system could automatically infuse medication to counteract the abnormal pressure detected by the pressure sensor.
- a pressure sensor could be made from a Piezo-electric crystal.
- a blood gas sensor This could be used for underwater divers to sense nitrogen in the blood and warn of potential decompression sickness or, when decompressing, when it is save to stop.
- a chemical sensor that can provide data on the concentration of specific chemical compounds within some part of the human body.
- Minimed Technologies has developed an implantable glucose sensor.
- a glucose imbalance in a diabetic could prompt the present invention to play the appropriate message to the patient.
- specific electrical stimulation within the brain or elsewhere within the body could be used to induce the body to increase the production of the chemical.
- the external sensor 1012 would generate sensor electrical signals that it would transmit through the link 1014 to the electronic circuitry of the system 1010 and specifically to the central processor 1051 . It is envisioned that the system 1010 could emit acoustic signals in response to changes in the electrical signals sent from the sensor 1012 to the central processor 1051 .
Abstract
An implantable device incorporating an acoustic transducer allows information and alerts to be communicated from the device to a patient. Sounds, including but not limited to buzzes, tones, sequences of tones, combinations of tones, complex sounds, and segments of reproduced or simulated human speech, are transmitted from an intracranially implanted portion of the device via bone conduction to the patient's ears, particularly the inner ears. In the disclosed embodiment, the acoustic transducer is used in cooperation with an implantable closed-loop system for the treatment of certain neurological disorders such as epilepsy, migraine headaches and Parkinson's disease, to warn the patient of an imminent seizure or other episode, to provide information to the patient on the state of the implantable apparatus, and to provide reminders and other information to the patient.
Description
- This is a Division of co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/609,086, filed on Jun. 30, 2000 and issued on Mar. 12, 2002 as U.S. Pat. No. 6,354,299, which is a Continuation-In-Part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/483,806, filed on Jan. 15, 2000 and issued on Oct. 17, 2000 as U.S. Pat. No. 6,134,474, which is in turn a Continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/957,869, filed on Oct. 27, 1997 and issued on Jan. 18, 2000 as U.S. Pat. No. 6,016,449.
- This invention relates to the field of devices implantable within the head of a human being, and more particularly to intracranially implantable medical devices useful in the treatment of neurological disorders.
- The current state of the art in treating neurological disorders such as epilepsy or Parkinson's disease involves either drugs or the open-loop electrical stimulation of neurologic tissue. Drug therapy has been shown to have significant short and long-term side effects and is often ineffective. In U.S. Pat. No. 3,850,161, Liss describes a continuous closed-loop feedback system which will always feedback part of the brain EEG signal to separate electrodes so that if a large EEG signal occurs it will be fed back in an attempt to cancel out the original signal. This system does not take advantage of recently developed digital signal processing and microcomputer technology by which feedback signals can be activated only when a neurological event occurs, nor does it provide a practical means to recognize and intervene during early stages in the evolution of a neurological event. In addition, the Liss device is not programmable and it does not provide a means to record EEG signals. Examples of a “neurological event” are the occurrence of an epileptic seizure or the occurrence of a migraine headache. A “neurological event” is defined herein as either the precursor of an event such as an epileptic seizure, or the epileptic seizure itself. This concept of detecting an electrical precursor that is a first type of neurological event that occurs some time before the “real” event (i.e. anomalous brain electrical activity associated with clinical symptoms) is an important aspect of the present invention. It has been shown that both epileptic seizures and Parkinson's tremors have precursors that occur before and can be used to predict the onset of the clinical symptom. It is also very likely that other neurological events such as migraine headaches and depression would have anomalous electrical activity predictive of the onset of clinical symptoms. Methods for the prediction of epileptic seizures have been published by Elger and Lehnertz, 1998 European Journal of Neuroscience, 10, 786-789 “Seizure Prediction by Non-linear Time Series Analysis of Brain Electrical Activity”, and Osorio, Frei and Wilkinson, Epilepsia 39 (6):615-627, 1998 “Real-time automated detection and quantitative analysis of seizures and short-term prediction of clinical onset”.
- Maurer and Sorenson in U.S. Pat. No. 4,019,518 describe a combined internal/external system for electrical stimulation of the body with biphasic pulses but do not describe any means of detecting neurological events. Fischell, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,373,527, describes a programmable medication infusion system but does not anticipate its use in response to a detected neurological event.
- More recently, a device has been approved for human use to stimulate the vagus nerve in a continuous fashion with the objective of decreasing the rate of epileptic seizures. Clinical reports on such devices indicate only a modest degree of success in that only 50% of the patients experience a greater than 20% reduction in the rate of epileptic seizures. Another device that has been recently introduced into clinical practice utilizes continuous stimulation of the thalamus for the treatment of involuntary motion disorders such as Parkinson's syndrome.
- Neither of these two open-loop devices described above is highly effective for the treatment of a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, and neither anticipates the use of decision making in order to optimize a response to turn off the neurological event nor the recording of EEG signals.
- The automatic implantable cardiac defibrillator is an example of a decision making device having data recording capability that has been successfully used in a decision based closed-loop mode for the treatment of ventricular fibrillation. However, the requirements for detection and treatment of ventricular fibrillation are significantly simpler and certainly different from the requirements for a device to detect and treat an impending epileptic seizure. Specifically, an implantable cardiac defibrillator requires only a single signal, namely the heart's ECG, in order to detect a fibrillation event. What is more, only a single pair of electrodes is required for detection of the fibrillation event and that same pair of electrodes can be used to provide an electrical stimulus for electrical defibrillation. A heart defibrillator electrode is adapted to be placed on or in close proximity to the heart and is not suitable for use as a brain electrode.
- Coker and Fischell in U.S. Pat. No. 4,581,758 describe sophisticated signal processing techniques using the sum of squared signals from two microphones to identify the direction with respect to a person from whom human speech originates. Although the Coker and Fischell patent teaches several signal processing techniques which may be applied with others to detect neurological events, the Coker and Fischell method is aimed at identifying the location of the speech source, while one of the goals of the present invention is to utilize the known location of the source of EEG signals to help identify an abnormal EEG which signifies an impending neurological event.
- The NeuroCybernetic Prosthesis System, recently made available for the treatment of epileptic seizures, utilizes continuous open-loop stimulation of the vagus nerve. This device does not sense the onset of an epileptic seizure, and it utilizes wires that are placed in the neck. Because of the frequent motions of such wires, they will have a tendency to fracture. No existing system utilizes electrodes, electrical wires and a control module that are entirely contained within the patient's scalp and essentially all contained within the patient's cranium. Such systems would not have any repeated bending of connecting wires thereby improving long-term reliability. Furthermore, the NeuroCybernetic Prosthesis System does not use a rechargeable battery, nor does it utilize a separate external device controlled by the patient to activate the implanted system at the start of a neurological event in order to decrease the severity or time duration of the neurological event.
- Various cochlear and ossicular implant devices are available that amplify ambient sounds and accordingly stimulate the nerves or bones of the inner or middle ear to provide hearing assistance to individuals with hearing loss. See, e.g., Loizou, P. (1998), “Mimicking the human ear,” IEEE Signal Processing Magazine, 15(5), 101-130. Such devices are directed to receiving, amplifying and transmitting sounds present in the external environment; they do not provide any therapy or additional information (not derived from environmental sound) to their users.
- The present invention is a multiple electrode, closed-loop system for the treatment of certain neurological disorders such as epilepsy, migraine headaches and Parkinson's disease. A purpose of the present invention is to overcome the shortcomings of all prior art devices for the treatment of such disorders. Specifically, the present invention combines a multi-electrode array with sophisticated signal processing techniques to achieve reliable detection of the onset of a neurological event (such as an epileptic seizure or migraine headache) typically originating from a focus of limited spatial extent within the brain. It is well known that in certain patients, epileptic seizures consistently originate from a single location within the brain. However, the system described herein is also adaptable for the treatment of a neurological event that involves a major portion or possibly all of the brain tissue.
- The present invention also provides means for generating an ensemble of coordinated electrical stimuli designed to terminate the neurological event immediately upon (or even prior to) its onset. Thus, the present invention is a responsive detection and stimulation system for the early recognition and prompt treatment of a neurological event.
- The present invention envisions a multiplicity of brain electrodes placed either within the brain, on the surface of the brain itself, or on the dura mater that surrounds the brain. Some one, several, or all of these brain electrodes can be used for detection of an abnormal neurological event such as an epileptic seizure. A responsive stimulation signal can also be applied to any one, several, or all elements of such an electrode array. The responsive stimulation signals sent to each electrode may be identical or they may be programmed to differ in amplitude, frequency, waveform, phase, and time duration. It is also envisioned that sensing electrodes may be entirely separate from the electrodes used for responsive stimulation.
- The present invention envisions that a neurological event can be reliably detected in the presence of a normal EEG signal and in the presence of external noise by the use of modern and sophisticated signal processing techniques. Specifically, the electrical signal from an epileptic focus within a specific and limited spatial region within the brain can be reliably detected by combining the signals received at different electrodes that are placed at different distances from the epileptic focus. To improve signal-to-noise ratio, the signal received at a specified location that is at a specific distance from the epileptic focus could have a specific time delay to account for the propagation time it takes for the signal to reach that electrode. For example, if a first electrode is located directly over the site of the epileptic focus and a second electrode is located at a distance of several centimeters from the focus, then to combine these two signals together to optimize detection of a neurological event, the signal at the first (closest) electrode must have an added time delay to account for the time required for the signal to arrive at the position of the second electrode. Thus cross-correlation of EEG signals in the time domain is envisioned to be within the scope of the present invention.
- It is also envisioned that appropriate selection (i.e., location) of electrode sites can be used to enhance the reliability for detection and termination of a neurological event. Thus, the present invention envisions enhancement of detection by the use of the spatial domain as it applies to the positioning of detection and treatment electrodes.
- Finally, the present invention also envisions signal-to-noise enhancement for optimizing the detection of neurological events by searching for signals in a particular frequency domain. For example, a low-pass filter that excludes signals above 5 Hz could be used to enhance the reliability for detection of a neurological event for certain patients. In addition, detection may be enhanced by first conditioning the EEG signals using programmable, multiple step, signal processing. The processing steps that are envisioned for this signal conditioning include signal summing, squaring, subtracting, amplifying, and filtering.
- It is also envisioned that any combination of techniques for signal detection in the time, spatial or frequency domain could be used for providing a highly reliable system for the detection of a neurological event.
- The present invention envisions four different modalities for stopping the progression of a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure once it has been detected. A preferred method is to provide a responsive stimulation electrical signal, a second method is to release medication in response to the detection of an event, a third method is to provide an electrical short circuit in the vicinity of the epileptic focus to prevent the occurrence of a full epileptic seizure and a fourth method is the application of a sensory input through normal sensory pathways. Such sensory input could be acoustic (sound input), visual (light input), or other sensory input such as mechanical vibration or electrical stimulation of the skin. Of course it is envisioned that any two or more of these modalities can be used in combination in order to preclude, prevent or decrease the severity of a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure, migraine headache, Parkinson's disease tremor, etc.
- A valuable attribute of the present invention is the ability to record the EEG signal from any one or all of the detection electrodes. Typically the EEG signal would be continuously recorded in a first-in first-out (FIFO) digital data recording system where the current data overwrites the oldest data as memory storage capacity is exceeded. In the event that a neurological event was detected, the device would save the preceding several minutes of data while continuing to record subsequent EEG data after the application of a response such as responsive stimulation, short circuiting of some electrode(s) or the delivery of a bolus of medication. It is conceived that the device would hold in memory the recording made for several minutes both before and after the neurological event. These data would then be read out by the patient's physician on a regular basis (e.g., every three months, or more frequently if the device did not promptly terminate some neurological event). It is also anticipated that the patient could use a patient's initiating device to trigger the retention of several minutes of data recording of the EEG signal from a pre-selected group of electrodes.
- It is also conceived that certain other data be recorded that can be helpful to the physician for treating the patient. These additional data would include: (1) the number of neurological events detected since the last memory readout and; (2) the number of responses triggered by the neurological events that were delivered to the patient. Furthermore, the system can be programmed so that when a neurological event is detected, the electrical signal from any one or more of the multiple steps in the signal conditioning can be stored in a digital memory. Additionally, telemetry would be provided to the physician that would indicate the serial number of the device that is implanted in the patient and the date and time that each neurological event or patient initiated recording occurred.
- Another valuable attribute of the present invention is the capability to program the functions and parameters of the system to enhance the detection of a neurological event and to optimize the system responses for stopping a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure. Examples of programmable functions and parameters are: (1) the time delay introduced for a signal being received from a specific electrode; (2) the use or non-use of a specific electrode; (3) the frequency response characteristic of the channel assigned to process the signal received from a specific electrode; (4) whether or not a particular electrode is electrically shorted to another electrode or to the metal case of the device after a neurological event has been detected; (5) the amplitude, frequency, duration, phase and wave-form of the response signal delivered to a specific electrode; (6) the allocation of memory for storing EEG signals as received from one or more electrodes; (7) determination as to whether or not the data from a particular electrode will be stored in memory; (8) the amplitude, frequency and time duration of an acoustic, visual, or other sensory input applied to the patient in response to the detection of a neurological event, and (9) the specification of statistical data (histograms) to be recorded; for example, the number of epileptic seizures and/or the number of responsive stimulations delivered since the last memory readout by an attending physician. These are some but not all of the programmable functions and parameters that the system might utilize.
- It should be understood that a telemetry signal would be transmitted from the implanted device. External receiving equipment typically located in the physician's office, would process that signal and provide a paper print-out and a CRT display to indicate the state to which all the parameters of the implanted device have been programmed. For example, the display would indicate which electrodes are active, what algorithm is being used for detection, what specific bandwidth is being used with a specific electrode, etc.
- It should be understood that, unlike implantable automatic heart defibrillators which generate a responsive signal only after ventricular fibrillation has occurred, it is a goal of the present invention to prevent full development of an epileptic seizure or migraine headache before the actual occurrence of such an unwanted neurological event. In this regard, the present invention is entirely different from any implantable medical device (such as an automatic heart defibrillator) that always allows the unwanted event to occur.
- A specific capability of this system is to provide electrical stimulation to a specific portion of the brain as the means of stopping a neurological event. It is believed that the earliest possible detection of a seizure and treatment of aberrant electrical activity from an epileptic focus has the highest probability of aborting the occurrence of a full seizure. It is envisioned that either through specific placement of treatment electrodes or by adjusting the phase of signals applied to an array of electrodes, stimulation can be directed to the location(s) within the brain that offer the highest probability of stopping the seizure.
- It is believed that there is minimal or no effect if a responsive stimulation is produced from an erroneously identified event, i.e., a false positive. On the other hand, failure to identify a real event is highly undesirable and could cause the patient to undergo a severe seizure. Therefore, the design concept of the current invention is to predispose the decision-making algorithm to never miss a real event while allowing a false positive rate to be detected at up to 5 times the rate of actual events.
- Telemetry data transmitted from the implanted device can be sent to a physician's workstation in the physician's office either with the patient in the physician's office or remotely from the patient's home by means of a modem. The physician's workstation can also be used to specify all of the programmable parameters of the implanted system.
- A novel aspect of a preferred embodiment of this invention is that the entire implantable portion of this system for treating neurological disorders lies under the patient's scalp. Such placement will either have the device located between the scalp and the cranium or the within a hole in the cranium. Because of size constraints, the intracranial location is the preferred embodiment.
- The implantable portion of the system includes; (1) electrodes that lie in close proximity to or actually within the brain; (2) a control module that contains a battery and all the electronics for sensing, recording and controlling brain activity, (3) electrically conducting wires that connect the control module to the electrodes, (4) a buzzer providing an acoustic signal or electrical “tickle” indicating that a neurological event has been detected, and (5) an input-output wire coil (or antenna) used for communication of the implanted system with any and all external equipment. The battery that provides power for the system and an electronics module are both contained within a metal shell that lies under the patient's scalp. The metal shell that contains the electronics module and the battery collectively form the control module.
- All electrodes connect by means of electrically conducting wires to electrical terminals that are formed into the metal shell. The electronics module is electrically joined to the brain electrodes by means of the shell's electrical terminals, which are electrically joined to the wires that connect to the brain electrodes.
- An important aspect of the preferred embodiment of this device is the fact that the shell containing the electronics module and the battery, i.e. the control module, is to be placed in the cranium of the skull at a place where a significant volume of bone is removed. By placing the entire system within the cranium, (as opposed to having some wires extending into or through the neck to a control module in the chest) the probability of wire breakage due to repeated wire bending is drastically reduced. However, the present invention also envisions the placement in the chest or abdomen of a control module if a large battery or a large volume electronics module dictates such a large size for the control module that it cannot be conveniently placed within the cranium. Such a thoracic or abdominal placement of a control module would require wires to be run through the neck.
- The present invention also envisions the utilization of an intracranial system for the treatment of certain diseases without placing wires through the neck. Specifically, an alternative embodiment of the invention envisions the use of electrodes in or on the brain with an intracranial control module used in conjunction with a remote sensor/actuator device. For example, blood pressure could be sensed with a threshold of, let us say 150 mm Hg, and if that pressure was exceeded, a signal transmitted by electrical conduction through the body from the remote sensor/actuator device could be received at the control module and that would cause brain stimulation in such a way as to reduce the blood pressure. Conversely, if the brain detects pain and provides a signal detectable by the intracranial system, a signal could be sent by electrical conduction through the body to a remote sensor/actuator device that could provide electrical stimulation to locally stimulate a nerve to reduce the perception of that pain. Still another example is that if the precursor of an epileptic seizure is detected, a remote actuator could be used to electrically stimulate one or both vagus nerves so as to stop the epileptic seizure from occurring. Such a remote device could be located in the trunk of the patient's body.
- Another important aspect of this invention is that a comparatively simple surgical procedure can be used to place the control module just beneath the patient's scalp. A similar simple procedure can be used to replace just the battery or both the battery and the electronics module. Specifically, if the hair on the scalp is shaved off at a site directly over where the control module is implanted, an incision can then be made in the scalp through which incision a depleted battery can be removed and replaced with a new battery, or a more advanced electronics module can replace a less capable or failed electronics module. The incision can then be closed, and when the hair grows back, the entire implanted system would be cosmetically undetectable. A good cosmetic appearance is very important for the patient's psychological well-being.
- The manner in which the control module, the electrodes and the interconnecting wires are placed beneath the scalp is important for the successful implantation of the entire implantable system. Specifically, the control module is optimally placed in either the left or right anterior quadrant of the cranium. Because the large sagittal sinus vein runs along the anterior-posterior centerline of the cranium, it is inadvisable to run epidural wires through that region, and furthermore, it would be inadvisable to place the control module directly over that major vein. Since movement of the jaw causes motions of the scalp relative to the cranium, it is advisable to run the connecting wires for electrodes that must be placed on the anterior portion of the brain in the epidural space as opposed to running them between the scalp and the cranium. Since the middle meningeal artery and its branches run within grooves interior to the posterior section of the cranium, it would be inadvisable to connect to posterior placed electrodes by utilization of connecting wires positioned in the epidural space beneath the posterior portion of the cranium. Therefore, the connecting wires for electrodes to be placed on a posterior portion of the brain's surface are best located beneath the scalp, then through burr holes in the cranium where they connect to any electrodes placed in a posterior position on the surface of the dura mater. Conversely, most of the length of the connecting wires for electrodes located in the anterior portion of the brain would be placed in the epidural space. In no case should epidural wires be passed through the anterior-posterior centerline of the brain where the large sagittal sinus vein is located.
- An important operational aspect of the implanted system is the use of an input-output coil formed from many turns of fine wire that is placed between the scalp and the cranium generally along the anterior-posterior centerline of the head. All communication between the external equipment and the implanted system can be accomplished by magnetic induction through the hair and scalp of the patient. Examples of these signals are the readout of telemetry from the implanted system, or the changing of some operational parameter of the implanted system by means of a command from some piece of external equipment. Furthermore, such an input-output coil can be used to recharge a rechargeable battery that can be located inside the control module. Since the input-output coil can be placed on a posterior portion of the cranium, relative motion of the scalp and cranium should not be a problem in that region.
- By placing the input-output coil in an appropriate site just beneath the scalp, the patient can be provided with a cap to be worn on the head which cap includes a flexible coil that can communicate by magnetic induction using an alternating magnetic field with the implanted input-output coil. Such a cap could be placed on the patient in the doctor's office when the doctor wishes to read out stored telemetry or program one or more new parameters into the implanted system. Furthermore, the cap could be used by the patient at home for remote connection to the physicians workstation over telephone lines using a pair of modems, or the cap could be used to recharge a rechargeable battery located in the control module of the implanted system.
- Another important aspect of the system is a buzzer that can be implanted just behind the ear on the outer or inner surface of the cranium or actually within a burr hole within the cranium. The buzzer may be any sound-emitting or vibration-generating device such as a piezoelectric crystal that can convert electrical signals sent from the control module into vibrations that can be picked up through bone conduction (or through the air) by the patient's ears, particularly the inner ears. If a neurological event is detected, the buzzer can provide an acoustic output that is detectable by the patient's ear or the buzzer can provide an electrical “tickle” signal. The acoustic output can be, for example, a buzz, a tone, a sequence or combination of tones, a synthesized or reproduced complex sound, or a segment of human speech. The buzzer can be used to indicate to the patient that a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure is about to occur so that an appropriate action can be taken.
- In contrast to cochlear implant-type devices, the buzzer or acoustic transducer of the present invention is designed to provide audible information via vibrations to a person with an ordinary (or functional) level of hearing. Moreover, a device according to the invention would generate specific sounds, as set forth above, and generally would not amplify external ambient sound for transmittal to and electrical stimulation of the middle or inner ear (as in a cochlear implant).
- Among the appropriate actions that could be taken by the patient is the application of an acoustic, visual or sensory input that could, by itself, be a means for stopping a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure. The acoustic input could be by means of a sound producing, hearing aid shaped device that can emit an appropriate tone or voice announcement directly into the ear. The visual device could be from a light emitting diode in eyeglasses or a small flashlight type of device that emits a particular type of light at some appropriate flashing rate. A sensory input could be provided by, for example, an externally mounted electrical stimulator placed on the wrist to stimulate the median nerve or by a mechanical vibrator applied to the patient's skin.
- As one embodiment of the control module is implanted into the cranium, a buzzer attached to the inside of the control module case would produce vibrations conducted by the case to the cranium and detectable by the patient's ears.
- The acoustic signal that can be sent to the “buzzer” need not be just a tone or buzz but could be a complex sound or a segment of encoded human speech stored in the memory of the control module or transmitted from the external equipment to the control module. The buzzer would typically be a small acoustic transducer such as a piezoelectric crystal or a miniature loudspeaker, e.g. from a hearing aid. Speech segments could be stored in digital memory of the control module using encoding methods including (but not limited to) pulse code modulation (PCM), adaptive differential pulse code modulation (ADPCM), or linear predictive coding (LPC) and played out through a digital-to-analog converter to the buzzer. If the output of the digital-to-analog converter is insufficient to drive the acoustic transducer, an amplifier may be used to increase the signal strength.
- Similarly, a complex sound can be generated as an electrical signal by known analog or digital sound synthesis methods or by known analog or digital sound reproduction methods.
- The ability to communicate with the patient from a device implanted under the scalp has applications beyond notification of detected neurological events. Such communication can be reminders to the patient to take medications, warnings that the device battery is low and needs recharging or replacement, or a daily notification that the system is functioning properly. If the control module is acting only as a neurological event detector without electrical stimulation, the announcement could warn the patient to sit down or otherwise stop activities because a seizure is about to begin. With the ability to detect the precursor to a neurological event, an alert to take medication could be extremely effective in averting a seizure.
- The control module of the present invention also has wireless external communication capability that could be combined with the ability to allow external equipment to initiate the signals played to the patient by the acoustic transducer. Such signals could include instructions for downloading stored EEG data through a modem to the patient's doctor. Other signals of interest for the present invention could be the ringing or voice signals received by a telephone or an alarm generated by external equipment.
- It is also well known that many types of acoustic transducers can also act as microphones. As such, the buzzer could allow direct voice communication from the patient to the control module. The control module already having digital signal processing and pattern recognition capabilities could be programmed to recognize the patient's speech. Another way for the patient to signal the control module might be by simply tapping near the transducer. For
instance 5 taps might signal the control module to begin a sequence of prompts that can be answered, one tap for yes two taps for no. - As the brain becomes more and more directly coupled to implanted and external computers, the ability to communicate directly with the patient via implantable devices will be an important capability. Such communication could also be linked to remote modules that could sense blood pressure, temperature, heart electrical activity, blood oxygen or any other internal body measurement.
- The present invention with microphone and loudspeaking ability could also provide an implanted interface to a communications device such as a telephone or two-way radio.
- When any such acoustic, visual or other sensory input is actuated, either automatically or manually in response to the detection of a neurological event, literally billions of neurons are recruited within the brain. The activation of these neurons can be an effective means for stopping an epileptic seizure.
- An alternative embodiment of the present invention envisions the use of a control module located external to the patient's body connected to electrodes either external or internal to the patient's scalp. Such an externally located control module might be positioned behind the patient's ear like a hearing aid.
- Thus it is an object of this invention to provide appropriate stimulation of the human brain in response to a detected neurologic event in order to cause the cessation of that neurologic event.
- Another object of this invention is to provide increased reliability for neurological event detection by the use of cross-correlated signals from multiple electrodes with appropriate time delay(s) to increase the sensitivity and reliability for detection from a specific area of the brain.
- Still another object of this invention is to exploit a spectral characteristic of the signals from multiple electrodes to optimize the detection of a neurological event.
- Still another object of this invention is to predispose the decision-making algorithm to allow false positives to cause a responsive stimulation but to disallow missing an actual event.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the response to a neurological event be an electrical stimulation that is focused on a specific area of the brain by variably delaying the stimulation signal sent from each of several stimulation electrodes placed at different locations placed in close proximity to the brain or within the brain.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the specific area of the brain onto which the response is focused be the area from which the event signal was detected.
- Still another object of this invention is to record (and ultimately recover for analysis) the EEG signal(s) from one or more electrodes before, during and after a neurological event.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide programmability for all-important operating parameters of the device.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide recording of the certain functions of the device such as how many neurological events were detected and how many times the device responded to such detections.
- Still another object of this invention is to use medication delivery as the response to a neurological event, either alone or in conjunction with electrical stimulation.
- Still another object of this invention is to utilize implanted electronic circuitry that is adaptable to changing EEG input signals so as to provide self-adaptation for the detection and/or treatment of a neurological event.
- Still another object of this invention is to have a system of electrodes connected by wires to a control module, the entire system being placed under the scalp and being essentially contained within the cranium.
- Still another object of this system is to have essentially no flexure of interconnecting wires so as to enhance system reliability.
- Still another object of this invention is to be able to replace a depleted battery within the system's control module by a comparatively simple and quick surgical procedure.
- Still another object of this invention is to be able to replace an electronics module within the system's control module by a comparatively simple and quick surgical procedure.
- Still another object of this invention is to be able to recharge the battery in the control module.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide an externally situated patient's initiating device that can be used by the patient when he or she senses that a neurological event is about to occur in order to provide a response for causing the stopping of that neurological event or in order to initiate the recording of EEG signals from a pre-selected set of electrodes.
- Still another object of this invention is to utilize a remotely located sensor/actuator device within the body to detect an abnormal physiological condition and send an electrical signal with or without wires to a control module within the cranium, which then responds, by an electrical signal delivered to the brain to treat the abnormal physiological condition.
- Still another object of this invention is to utilize an intracranial system for sensing some abnormal physiological condition and then sending an electrical signal with or without wires to a remote sensor/actuator device that is remotely located within the body to carry out some treatment modality.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide a buzzer that indicates to the patient that a neurological event has occurred.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the buzzer alert the patient to take medication to stop or reduce the severity of a detected event.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the buzzer communicate with the patient by transducing voice announcements into acoustic signals detectable by the patient's ears.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the buzzer also act as a microphone to pick up patient speech or taps used to signal the control module.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the buzzer implanted in proximity to the cranium so that mechanical vibrations from the buzzer are detectable by the patient's ears.
- Still another object of this invention is to have the voice announcements encoded and stored in digital memory within the control module.
- Still another object of this invention is to provide acoustic, visual or other sensory inputs to the patient either automatically or manually following the detection of a neurological event so as to stop the neurological event.
- These and other objects and advantages of this invention will become apparent to a person of ordinary skill in this art upon careful reading of the detailed description of this invention including the drawings as presented herein.
- FIG. 1 is a top view of a human head showing the configuration of an implantable system for the treatment of neurological disorders, as it would be situated in the human skull.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the implanted and external portions of the system.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating the event detection sub-system that utilizes digital signal processing techniques that can exploit either or both time and frequency domain information to accomplish event detection.
- FIG. 4 is a flow chart pertinent to the processing activity carried on within the programmable digital signal processor that is part of the event detection sub-system.
- FIG. 5A illustrates the amplitude of the electrical signal received at
FIFO memory 344A as a function of time. - FIG. 5B illustrates the amplitude of the electrical signal received at
FIFO memory 344B as a function of time. - FIG. 5C illustrates the amplitude of the electrical signal received at
FIFO memory 344C as a function of time. - FIG. 5D illustrates the sum of the time delayed signal amplitudes showing also that the event detection threshold is exceeded at −20 milliseconds.
- FIG. 6 illustrates a block diagram for an alternative algorithm for detection of a neurological event using the amplitude differences of signals from pairs of electrodes.
- FIG. 7 is a flow chart of the event recording and processing which is carried on within the event processing microcomputer used for the second stage of an event detection sub-system.
- FIG. 8 illustrates the recording of EEG and/or EEG spectrum signals by the central processor.
- FIG. 9 shows a flow chart of the central processor function for: (1) receiving event detection information from the event detection sub-system; (2) sending delay and threshold parameters to the event processing microcomputer and digital signal processor; (3) storing event related data; (4) inducing responsive brain stimulation through the stimulation sub-system; and (5) communicating externally for physician data read out and system programming.
- FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the stimulation sub-system as used to stimulate the brain responsive to a detected event.
- FIG. 11 is a block diagram of the data communication sub-system and external data interface.
- FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a hybrid analog/digital representation of the event detection sub-system using time domain information for event detection.
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a hybrid analog/digital representation of the event detection sub-system using frequency domain information for event detection.
- FIG. 14 is a block diagram of an implantable system that can respond to a detected neurological event by infusing medication into the patient's body.
- FIG. 15 is a top view of a human head showing the arrangement of a multiplicity of electrodes connected by wires to a control module that is implanted within the cranium.
- FIG. 16 is a side view of a human head showing the arrangement of one surface and one deep electrode connected by wires that pass through a hole in the cranium and connect to a control module that is implanted within the cranium.
- FIG. 17 is a top view of a human head showing the arrangement of an implanted input-output flat wire coil connected by wires to a control module that is implanted within the cranium.
- FIG. 18 is a side view of a human head showing the arrangement of the implanted input-output flat wire coil, as it would be used with a patient's initiating device to trigger some operation of the implanted system.
- FIG. 19 is a side view of a human head showing the arrangement of the implanted input-output coil, as it would be used with a cap and with the physician's external equipment to perform some interaction with the implanted system.
- FIG. 20 is a top view of the shell of the control module.
- FIG. 21 is a cross section of the cranium showing a control module placed essentially within the cranium within a space where cranium bone has been removed. The cross section of the shell in FIG. 21 is taken along the section plane21-21 of FIG. 20.
- FIG. 22 is a side view of the human head and torso showing an alternative embodiment of the present invention using a control module implanted within the chest.
- FIG. 23 is a side view of the human head and torso showing an alternative embodiment of the present invention using a control module implanted between the scalp and the cranium, a remote sensor/actuator device located within the chest, and external devices for applying acoustic, visual, or other sensory input to the patient.
- FIG. 24 is a side view of a human head showing alternative communication means between the external equipment and an implanted control module and also showing alternative locations for electrodes mounted in close proximity to the patient's brain.
- FIG. 25 is a side view of the human head and torso showing an alternative embodiment of the present invention using a control module located external to the patient's body and a remote sensor/actuator device located within the chest, and external devices for applying acoustic, visual, or other sensory input to the patient.
- FIG. 26 is a block diagram of the implanted and external portions of an alternate embodiment of the system having enhanced patient communication capabilities.
- FIG. 1 illustrates the configuration of an
implantable system 10 for the treatment of neurological disorders as it would be situated under the scalp of ahuman head 9 having acontrol module 20,electrodes wires connector 8 to thecontrol module 20. It is envisioned that thecontrol module 20 is permanently implanted into the top of the skull in a location where the skull is fairly thick. It is also envisioned that thecontrol module 20 could be located in the trunk of the patient's body like a heart pacemaker with the connecting wires being run under the patient's skin. Theelectrodes wires control module 20 underneath the scalp and then be connected to the electrodes placed beneath the patient's cranium. Although FIG. 1 shows only 4active electrodes wires - Throughout this detailed description of the present invention, the terminology “the
electrodes 15A through 15N” is meant to include allelectrodes wires 17A through 17N”) will have a similar inclusive meaning. - Throughout FIGS. 1 through 25 inclusive, lines connecting boxes on block diagrams or on software flow charts will each be labeled with an element numeral. Lines without arrows between boxes and/or solid circles indicate a single wire.
- Lines with arrows connecting boxes or circles are used to represent any of the following:
- 1. A physical connection, namely a wire or group of wires (data bus) over which analog or digital signals may be sent.
- 2. A data stream sent from one hardware element to another. Data streams include messages, analog or digital signals, commands, EEG information, and software downloads to change system operation and parameters.
- 3. A transfer of information between software modules. Such transfers include software subroutine calls with and without the passing of parameters, and the reading and writing of memory locations.
- In each case, the text will indicate the use of the line with an arrow.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the
implantable system 10 and theexternal equipment 11. Thewires 17A through 17N from theelectrodes 15A through 15N, and thewire 18 from thecommon electrode 16, are shown connected to both theevent detection sub-system 30 and thestimulation sub-system 40. It is also envisioned to use the case of thecontrol module 20 of FIG. 1 as the common (or indifferent)electrode 16. Thewires 17A through 17N carryEEG signals 21A through 21N from theelectrodes 15A through 15N to theevent detection sub-system 30. Theelectrodes 15A through 15N can be energized by thestimulation sub-system 40 via thewires 17A through 17N to electrically stimulate the patient's brain using the stimulation signals 412A through 412N respectively. Although theelectrodes 15A through 15N and 16 shown here are connected to both theevent detection sub-system 30 and thestimulation sub-system 40, it is obvious that a separate set of electrodes and associated wires could be used with each subsystem. Furthermore, it is envisioned that any one, several or all of theelectrodes 15A through 15N could be electrically connected (i.e., shorted) to theelectrode 16 or to each other. This would be accomplished by appropriate switching circuitry in thestimulation sub-system 40. - The
event detection sub-system 30 receives the EEG signals 21A through 21N (referenced tosystem ground 19 connected to thewire 18 from the common electrode 16) and processes them to identify neurological events such as an epileptic seizure or its precursor. Acentral processing system 50 withcentral processor 51 andmemory 55 acts to control and coordinate all functions of theimplantable system 10. Theinterconnection 52 is used to transmit programming parameters and instructions to theevent detection sub-system 30 from thecentral processing system 50. Theinterconnection 53 is used to transmit signals to thecentral processing system 50 identifying the detection of a neurological event by theevent detection sub-system 30. Theinterconnection 53 is also used to transmit EEG and other related data for storage in thememory 55. - When an event is detected by the
event detection sub-system 30, thecentral processor 51 can command thestimulation sub-system 40 via theinterconnection 54 to transmit electrical signals to any one or more of theelectrodes 15A through 15N via thewires 17A through 17N. It is anticipated that, if appropriateelectrical signals 412A to 412N inclusive are transmitted to certain locations in or near the brain, the normal progression of an epileptic seizure can be aborted. It may also be necessary for thestimulation sub-system 40 to temporarily disable theevent detection sub-system 30 via theinterconnection 29 when stimulation is imminent so that the stimulation signals are not inadvertently interpreted as a neurological event by theevent detection system 30. - A
power supply 90 provides power to each component of thesystem 10. Power supplies for comparable implantable devices such as heart pacemakers and heart defibrillators are well known in the art of implantable electronic devices. Such a power supply typically utilizes a primary (non-rechargeable) storage battery with an associated DC-to-DC converter to obtain whatever voltages are required for theimplantable system 10. However, it should be understood that the power supply could use a rechargeable battery that is charged by means of a coil of wire in thecontrol module 20 that receives energy by magnetic induction from an external coil that is placed outside the patient but in close proximity to the control module. The implanted coil of wire could also be located remotely fromcontrol module 20 but joined to it by electrical wires. Such technology is well known from the rechargeable cardiac pacemaker. Furthermore, the same pair of coils of wire could be used to provide power to the implantedsystem 10 when it is desired to read out stored telemetry or reprogram some portion of the implantedsystem 10. - Data stored in the
memory 55 can be retrieved by the patient's physician via awireless communication link 72 with thedata communication sub-system 60 connected to thecentral processing system 50. Anexternal data interface 70 can be directly connected with an RS-232 typeserial connection 74 to the physician'sworkstation 80. Alternately, the serial connection may be viamodems phone line 75 from the patient's home to the physician'sworkstation 80. The software in the computer section of the physician'sworkstation 80 allows the physician to read out a history of events detected including EEG information before, during, and after the event as well as specific information relating to the detection of the event such as the time evolving energy spectrum of the patient's EEG. Theworkstation 80 also allows the physician to specify or alter the programmable parameters of theimplantable system 10. - The external data interface could be a specially designed unit or preferably a modified off-the-shelf computer. Such an off-the-shelf computer could be a desktop, laptop or palmtop type PC or a PDA such as the 3COM Palm Pilot VII that has both display and built in Internet data communication capability. The
modem 70 could also be a standard phone line modem, or a cable or DSL modem allowing direct high-speed access to the Internet. - As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, a
buzzer 95 connected to thecentral processor 51 via thelink 92 can be used to notify the patient that an event has occurred or that the implantedsystem 10 is not functioning properly. The buzzer could provide a mechanical vibration (typically an acoustic signal) or an electrical stimulation “tickle” either of which could be perceived by the patient. By placing thebuzzer 95 near the ear and on the top of, below, or within a burr hole in the cranium, an acoustic signal emitted by thebuzzer 95 will be detectable by the patient's ear. This sound by itself can be an automatic means for stopping an epileptic seizure. - The acoustic signal delivered by the
buzzer 95 can be a buzz, a tone, a sequence or combination of tones, a segment of recorded music, a synthesized or reproduced complex sound, or a segment of human speech. The speech could be either synthesized human speech or recorded and digitally encoded human speech stored in the memory of the control module or transmitted from the external equipment to the control module. Thebuzzer 95 would typically be a small acoustic transducer such as a piezoelectric crystal or a miniature loudspeaker, e.g. from a hearing aid. The speech segments could be stored in digital memory of the control module using encoding methods such as PCM or ADPCM and played out through a digital-to-analog converter to the buzzer. - Speech synthesis integrated circuits that can convert text into human speech are well known and could be used instead of recorded speech so that the voice announcements could be stored as text strings instead of encoded voice recordings.
- The ability to communicate with the patient from a device implanted under the scalp or intracranially has applications beyond notification of detected neurological events. Such communication can be reminders to the patient to take medications, warnings that the device battery is low and needs recharging or replacements or just a daily notification that the system is functioning properly. If the
control module 20 is acting only as a neurological event detector without stimulation, the announcement could tell the patient to sit down or stop activities because a seizure is about to begin. With the ability to detect the precursor to a neurological event, an alert to take medication could be extremely effective in averting a seizure. - The
control module 20 of the present invention also has a wirelessexternal communication link 72 that could allow external equipment to initiate the acoustic signals played to the patient by the buzzer. Such signals could include instructions for downloading stored EEG data stored in thememory 55 through themodem 750. Other signals of interest for the present invention could be the ringing or voice signals received by a telephone or an alarm generated by theexternal equipment 11. - A
real time clock 91 is used for timing and synchronizing various portions of the implantedsystem 10 and also to enable the system to provide the exact date and time corresponding to each neurological event that is detected by theimplantable system 10 and recorded in memory. Theinterconnection 96 is used to send data from thecentral processor 51 to thereal time clock 91 in order to set the correct date and time in theclock 91. - The various interconnections between sub-systems (e.g., the
interconnections - The operation of the
system 10 of FIG. 2 for detecting and treating a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure would be as follows: - 1. The
event detection sub-system 30 continuously processes the EEG signals 21A through 21N carried by thewires 17A through 17N from theN electrodes 15A through 15N. - 2. When an event is detected, the
event detection sub-system 30 notifies thecentral processor 51 via thelink 53 that an event has occurred. - 3. The
central processor 51 then triggers thestimulation sub-system 40 via thelink 54 to electrically stimulate the patient's brain (or electrically short some electrodes or release medication) in order to stop the neurological event using any one, several or all of theelectrodes 15A through 15N. - 4. The
stimulation sub-system 40 also sends a signal via thelink 29 to theevent detection sub-system 30 to disable event detection during stimulation to avoid an undesired input into theevent detection sub-system 30. - 5. The
central processor system 50 will store EEG signals and event related data received from theevent detection sub-system 30 via thelink 53 over a time from X minutes before the event to Y minutes after the event for later analysis by the patient's physician. The value of X and Y may be set from as little as 0.1 minutes to as long as 30 minutes. - 6. The
central processor 51 may “buzz” to notify the patient that an event has occurred by sending a signal via thelink 92 to thebuzzer 95. - FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an implementation of the
event detection subsystem 30 using digital signal processing techniques. Theevent detection sub-system 30 can use either or both, time and frequency domain information for event detection. Theevent detection sub-system 30 receives thesignals 21A through 21N from thewires 17A through 17N and processes them to identify the early stages of a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure. Thesignals 21A through 21N are amplified by theamplifiers 32A through 32N respectively, to produce the amplified EEG signals 22A through 22N. Theamplifiers 32A through 32N can also provide low pass and/or high pass filtering to remove unwanted noise. Eachamplifier 32A through 32N can be disabled by a signal placed oninterconnection 29 from thestimulation subsystem 40 during brain stimulation so as to prevent overloading the amplifiers or creating an undesired input signal into theevent detection sub-system 30. - The amplified EEG signals22A through 22N are then digitized by the analog-to-
digital converters 33A through 33N producing the digitized EEG signals 23A through 23N which are processed by the programmabledigital signal processor 34 with associatedmemory 35 to enhance the signal-to-noise ratio for the detection of neurological events. Processed signals 24 are then passed to theevent processing microcomputer 36 with associatedmemory 37 for analysis with the goal of achieving event detection. When theevent processing microcomputer 36 identifies an event, it produces a detection signal, which it sends along with stored EEG and EEG energy spectral data streams to thecentral processor 51 through theinterconnection 53. Thecentral processor 51 can pass specific program parameters and revised programming instructions to theevent processing microcomputer 36 via theinterconnection 52. Theevent processing microcomputer 36 can also pass any appropriate program parameters and revised programming instructions received from thecentral processor 51 on to the programmabledigital signal processor 34 via theinterconnection 25. This scheme provides patient-specific optimization of event detection algorithm(s). For example the program might look at signal amplitude differences between certain electrodes, or alternately, event detection might be based on analysis of a signal created by adding the signals (possibly with varying time delays) derived from a specific subset of the electrodes. It is also possible that the programmabledigital signal processor 34 might be programmed to perform both digital signal processing and event processing thus not requiring a separateevent processing microcomputer 36. It is also envisioned that theevent processing microcomputer 36 and thecentral processor 51 may be the same microcomputer having separate subroutines in software for each function. - The
amplifiers 32A through 32N, the analog-to-digital converters 33A through 33N and the programmabledigital signal processor 34 each separately and collectively constitute a signal conditioning means for processing the EEG signals 21A through 21N. Theevent processing microcomputer 36 provides event detection means for the detection of a neurological event. - Integrated circuit amplifiers, analog-to digital converters, digital signal processors (DSPs), digital memory and microcomputers and the techniques to interconnect and program them are well known in the art. Custom VLSI or hybrid circuits could be developed that would combine certain functions.
- FIG. 4 is a flow chart pertinent to the
processing activity 340 carried on within the programmable,digital signal processor 34 of theevent detection sub-system 30. The digitized EEG signals 23A through 23N are first processed by the step of removing any d-c bias by thesubroutines 341A through 341N producingdigital signals 351A through 351N which are then processed by the automatic gain control (AGC)subroutines 342A through 342N to produce the AGC EEG signals 352A through 352N. These AGC EEG signals 352A through 352N would then be free of any d-c bias, and be of identical maximum amplitude during that time when the brain is not experiencing a neurological event. The purpose of AGC is to remove the variation in EEG signal amplitude that can change slowly over a period of a few hours. Thus theAGC subroutines 342A through 342N might adjust the amplitude ofincoming signals 351A through 351N based on the average energy detected over a period of several minutes. However, a rapidly changing signal such as that from a neurological event would not have their amplitudes modified by theAGC subroutines 342A through 342N. - Using the step of AGC at this stage of the processing will allow the use of a constant threshold for event identification at a later stage. The AGC time constant is among the programmable parameters that can be programmed in the
DSP program instructions 348 that are passed via theinterconnection 25 from theevent processing microcomputer 36. AGC algorithms that adjust the output gain based on time-averaged energy are well known in the art and can be implemented by an experienced DSP programmer. It is also envisioned that theamplifiers 32A through 32N of FIG. 3 might be analog AGC amplifiers so that a DSP AGC algorithm would be unnecessary. AGC is an example of a self-adaptive algorithm used by theevent detection subsystem 30. - The processed EEG signals352A through 352N are continuously passed via the
interconnections 24 to theevent processing microcomputer 36 so that they may be stored for later physician analysis if a neurological event occurs. The processed EEG signals 352A through 352N are also processed further by additional signal conditioning steps to enhance event identification. These steps involve first squaring thesignals 352A through 352N using the squaringsubroutines 343A through 343N to produce thesquared EEG signals 353A through 353N. Thesquared EEG signals 353A through 353N are fed into the First-In-First-Out (FIFO) buffers 344A through 344N where between 1 and 100 milliseconds of data can be stored. Implementing FIFO data storage in DSP software is well known and can be implemented by an experienced DSP programmer. - Epileptic seizures and many other neurological events can originate in a comparatively small section of the brain called an epileptic focus. A preferred embodiment of the digital
signal processing algorithm 340 for event detection is based on the principle that the signals arriving at theelectrodes 15A through 15N (shown in FIG. 2) from an epileptic focus will always do so with essentially the same time delay for each electrode. Or stated another way, the propagation time required for a signal to travel from the epileptic focus to an electrode will be consistently as follows: t1 milliseconds for aelectrode 15A, t2 milliseconds forelectrode 15B, t3 milliseconds forelectrode 15C, etc., where t1, t2, t3 . . . do not significantly change in value from time-to-time. TheFIFOs 344A through 344N are nothing more than a digital equivalent of a delay line where the sum withdelay algorithm 345 can elect to sample thesquared EEG signals 353A through 353N with each delayed appropriately to create the time-synchronized EEG signals 354A through 354N which are summed by the sum withdelay algorithm 345. The sum withdelay algorithm 345 will produce the sum of time-synchronized squared signals 355. EEG signals originating from parts of the brain away from the focus will not be synchronized by thealgorithm 345, the time delays of which are set to synchronize EEG signals originating at the focus. Thus the amplitude of the sum of time-synchronizedsquared signals 355 will be much larger for EEG signals originating at the focus. - The delays for each of the FIFO buffers are programmed through the
DSP program instructions 348. The settings for FIFO time delays would be derived from analysis of recorded EEG signals during events from a patient having the same electrode configuration to be used for event detection.Interconnection 25 is the interconnection over which theprogramming instructions 348 are provided by theevent processing microcomputer 36 to set the time delay parameters for the FIFO buffers. - The
signal 355 can be sent to theevent processing microcomputer 36 for time domain event detection. Thesignal 355 can also be transformed into the frequency domain by thetransform algorithm 346, which will produce a frequency spectrum that can change with time having frequency band signals 356-1, 356-2, 356-3, 356-4 through 356-M which are the time evolving signals corresponding to a total of M frequency bands (band 1 through band M). The frequency band signals 356-1 through 356-M are digital data streams, each representing the energy of thesignal 355 in the corresponding frequency band (band 1 through band M). An example of such frequency bands is as follows: (a) band 1: 1 to 2 Hz; (b) band 2: 2 to 4 Hz; (c) band 3: 4 to 8 Hz; etc. The specific division of the bands is programmable through theDSP programming instructions 348 and may be derived for each patient from analysis of recorded EEG information. The frequency band signals 356-1 through 356-M are sent to theevent processing microcomputer 36 for the purpose of event detection. - FIGS. 3 and 4 illustrate one embodiment of a multiple step signal conditioning means for the EEG signals21A through 21N. The specific steps used in this embodiment are amplification, analog-to-digital conversion, adjustment of DC offset, AGC, squaring, time delaying, summing and frequency transformation. The ability to program the programmable
digital signal processor 34 to implement any combination of these or other steps in any order to enhance event detection for each patient is an important aspect of theevent detection sub-system 30. - FIGS. 5A, 5B and5C show the signal traces for a 3 electrode implementation of the present invention with the
squared EEG signals FIFOs FIFOs 344 C store 100 milliseconds of data consisting of 20 samples each, with each sample being the average value for a period of 5 milliseconds of thesquared EEG signals FIFOs squared EEG signals - During pre-implant data recording and analysis of a patient's EEG data, the relative delays between EEG signals from an epileptic focus arriving at
electrodes electrode 15A from which the data inFIFO 344A originates is the last to receive the EEG signal from such an event. Thetime delay parameter 358A for theelectrode 15A is therefore set to 0. In this example,electrode 15B which is the source of data forFIFO 344B, is known to receive anevent signal 15 ms beforeelectrode 15A thus thetime delay parameter 358B forelectrode 15B is set to 15 ms. Similarly,electrode 15C from which the data inFIFO 344C receives anevent signal 35 ms beforeelectrode 15A; thus thesignal delay parameter 358C forelectrode 15C is set to 35 ms. - Using the
time delay parameters specific samples black arrows delay algorithm 345. The sum withdelay algorithm 345 adds these specific FIFO samples together to produce thesignal 355 as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5D. FIG. 5D shows the current sample of thesignal 355 and the last 100 milliseconds of thesignal 355 created by the sum withdelay algorithm 345. - A simple means to detect, a neurological event using the sum with
delay algorithm 345 with resultingsignal 355 is to compare thesignal 355 with a fixedevent detection threshold 369 as shown in FIG. 5D. Thethreshold 369 is exceeded attimes 0, −10 ms and −20 ms. This methodology can be an effective means for event detection when used in conjunction with the automaticgain control algorithms gain control algorithms - It is also envisioned that the
delay parameters digital signal processor 34 using the data stored in theFIFOs delays signal 355 increases by a shift of thetime delay delay parameters digital signal processor 34. It is also envisioned that other programmable components of thesystem 10 of FIG. 2 other than theevent detection sub-system 30 may be self-adaptive to be capable of optimizing system operability without external commands. - Although FIGS.5A-5D show the signals relating to an implementation of the present invention using 3 signal electrodes, the algorithms described can be applied to any set of 2 or more signal electrodes.
- It is also envisioned that instead of delaying the signals from each electrode to provide time synchronization, the electrodes might be placed at positions where the time delays from an epileptic focus to each electrode could be the same. Furthermore, it is envisioned that instead of squaring the value of the EEG signal amplitude, which is done to eliminate a zero average over a certain period of time, the same objective could be accomplished by rectification of the EEG signal.
- FIG. 6 shows an embodiment of the present invention in which the digital
signal processor processing 440 based onDSP program instructions 448 takes the digitized EEG signals 23A, 23B, 23C and 23D from fourbrain electrodes signals subtraction algorithm 434, and the difference signal 425 fromsignals subtraction algorithm 435. The difference signals 424 and 425 can then be multiplied byweighting factor algorithms algorithm 438 to create the summeddifferential EEG signal 428. The summed differential EEG signal 428 can then be transformed into a set of frequency band signals 456-1 through 456-M by thealgorithm 446 as previously described with respect to thedigital signal processing 340 shown in FIG. 4. - The embodiment of FIG. 6 will work best when the electrode pairs15A-15B and 15C 15D are located in positions that will cause the
EEG signal differences EEG signal differences - The summed
differential EEG signal 428, the difference EEG signals 424 and 425, and the frequency band signals 456-1 through 456-M can be sent viainterconnection 24 to theevent processing microcomputer 36 for storage. - It is also envisioned that instead of digitizing the signal from each
signal electrode 15A through 15N, with respect to acommon electrode 16, the input stage could use any one or more pairs of brain electrodes with no single common electrode. - The
processing 340 of FIG. 4 and 440 of FIG. 6 are examples of two different implementations of multiple step signal conditioning programs that can be run within the programmabledigital signal processor 34 of FIGS. 2 and 3. - FIG. 7 shows the software flow chart for event recording and processing360 of the
event processing microcomputer 36 used for the second stage of theevent detection sub-system 30 shown in FIGS. 2 and 3. Specifically, event recording andprocessing 360 represents the algorithms and subroutines in software used by the event processing microcomputer 36 (hardware) as the event detection means and also to record relevant EEG and spectral band data. A primary objective of event recording andprocessing 360 software is to make possible the recording of AGC modified EEG signals 352A through 352N inclusive and the frequency band signals 356-1 to 356-M inclusive by thecentral processing system 50. - FIG. 8 indicates that the
central processing system 50 is capable of recording EEG and frequency band data for “X” minutes before a neurological event is detected and “Y” minutes after the neurological event is detected. The event recording and processing 360 of FIG. 7 is used to facilitate this data recording capability. Specifically, the EEG signals 352A through 352N (also see FIG. 4) are stored indata FIFO memories 363A through 363N. If an event is detected, theFIFOs 363A through 363N can be read by thecentral processor 51 via thelink 53 to retrieve the stored EEG data streams 373A through 373N for a time “X” minutes before the event. Thecentral processor 51 can also read the data FIFOs 363A through 363N in real time after detection of a neurological event for a period of “Y” minutes. Alternatively the data FIFOs 363A through 363N could be used to store and then read out “Y” minutes of data stored after the event is detected. In either case, the goal of retrieving “X” minutes of pre-event detection data and “Y” minutes of post-event detection data (as indicated in FIG. 8) can be achieved. It should be remembered that if there are N electrodes then there will be as many as N channels of AGC modified EEG data that can be recorded. However, thecentral processing system 50 may be programmed to record EEG data from a sub-set of theelectrodes 15A through 15N (see FIG. 2). All data stored by thecentral processing system 50 can be retrieved by the patient's doctor for analysis with the goal of improving the response of thesystem 10 so as to more reliably stop a neurological event. - FIG. 7 also shows two different schemes for detecting an event. If the amplitude of the sum of the time-synchronized squared
EEG signals 355 exceeds theevent detection threshold 369 as shown in FIG. 5D (usingthreshold detector algorithm 368 of FIG. 7), thealgorithm 368 sends a positive event detectedmessage 358 to the event density counter/detector algorithm 371. The event density counter/detector algorithm 371 determines if there have been enough events in the most recent time period “T” to notify thecentral processor 51 with the event identifiedmessage 372 indicating that an event has really occurred. A typical time period “T” would be approximately 2 seconds but could be in the range from ½ to 100 seconds. The event density counter/detector algorithm 371 will reduce the number of false positive event identifications by eliminating short uncorrelated EEG bursts. If the number of events in the time period “T” is set equal to 1, then the system will be most sensitive and any time sample which exceeds thethreshold 369 in thethreshold detector algorithm 368, will be passed on as an event identifiedmessage 372. A typical setting for the number of events for a two second time period “T” would be four. - The system for detecting a neurological event based on the
threshold detector 368 would involve processing data for the entire frequency spectrum of the sum of the time-synchronized and squared EEG signals 355. As shown in FIG. 4 thesignal 355 can be transformed into a set of frequency band signals 356-1 through 356-M inclusive each of which signals is of limited bandwidth as compared with thebroadband signal 355. Each of the frequency band signals 356-1 through 356-M of FIG. 7 can be analyzed by a corresponding threshold detector algorithm 367-1 through 367-M, respectively, in a manner exactly analogous to thethreshold detector algorithm 368 used to detect events from thebroadband signal 355. - In a manner analogous to the
threshold detector algorithm 368, each of the set of threshold detector algorithms 367-1 through 367-M can send a positive event detected signal 357-1 through 357-M to a corresponding frequency band event density counter/detector 369-1 through 369-M when the amplitude of the frequency band signal 356-1 through 356-M exceeds a preset threshold level. The frequency band event density counter/detectors 369-1 through 369-M will, analogous to the event density counter/detector 371, determine if there are a sufficient number of events per time period “T” in any of thebands 1 through M to send an event identified message 359-1 through 359-M to thecentral processor 51 indicating that a neurological event has occurred. - Analogous to the storage of the AGC modified EEG signals352A through 352N by the data FIFOs 363A through 363N, each of the M frequency band signals 356-1 through 356-M is stored in FIFO memories 366-1 through 366-M, so that if an event is detected, the FIFOs can be read by the
central processing system 50 via thelink 53 to retrieve the frequency band data streams 376-1 through 376-M for a time “X” before event detection until some time “Y” after event detection. As previously described, FIG. 8 illustrates this concept for data storage. - Constructing computer code to store and retrieve sampled digital signals from FIFO memory is well known in the art of software design. Comparing an input signal amplitude against a preset threshold, determining the number of counts per unit time and comparing the counts per unit time against a preset number of counts per unit time are also well known in the art of software design.
- It should be understood that the software which is the digital signal processor processing340 (see FIG. 4) is run by the programmable
digital signal processor 34 according to theDSP program instructions 348. In a similar manner, the software for event recording and processing 360 (see FIG. 7) is run by theevent processing microcomputer 36 of FIG. 4 according to the program instructions for DSP andevent processing 375. Additionally the programming instructions for DSP andevent processing 375 serves as a pass through for theDSP program instructions 348 of FIG. 4. The program instructions for DSP andevent processing 375 are received by the event processing microcomputer 36 (using the software for event recording and processing 360) from thecentral processor 51 via theinterconnection 52. The DSP program instructions 348 (see FIG. 4) are received overinterconnection 25 by thedigital signal processor 34 from the program instructions for DSP processing andevent processing 375 of FIG. 7. - The thresholds to be used for detection by the
threshold detector algorithms 368 and 367-1 through 367-M and the required event densities for event identification by the event density counter/detector algorithms 371 and 369-1 through 369-M, will typically be programmed to minimize the chance of missing a “real” neurological event even though this could result in the occasional false positive identification of an event. This bias toward allowing false positives might typically be set to produce from ½ to 5 times as many false positives as “real” events. - It is also envisioned that the software for event recording and
processing 360 might not require a separate microcomputer but could operate either as a set of subroutines in thecentral processor 51 or a set of subroutines in the programmabledigital signal processor 34. - It is also envisioned that the event recording and
processing software 360 could be programmed to provide an event detection means based on detecting specific aspects of the waveform of either time or frequency domain outputs of the signal conditioning by thedigital signal processor 36. Such aspects of the waveform could include pulse width, first derivative or waveform shape. - FIG. 9 shows a flow chart of the software for
central processor processing 510 as run by thecentral processor 51 of FIG. 2. Thecentral processor 51 receivesevent detection messages 372 and 359-1 through 359-M, EEG data streams 373A through 373N and the frequency band data streams 376-1 through 376-M from theevent processing microcomputer 36. Thecentral processor 51 of FIG. 2 also sends and receives data to and from thedata communication sub-system 60 viainterconnections -
Algorithm 514 receives theevent detection messages 372 and 359-1 through 359-M provided by theevent processing microcomputer 36 via thelink 53. When thealgorithm 514 receives such a message indicating that a neurological event has occurred, thealgorithm 514 calls thesubroutine 512. The calling of thesubroutine 512 by thealgorithm 514 is indicated by theelement 515. Thesubroutine 512 reads and saves to the central processor'smemory 55 via thelink 518, the last X minutes of stored EEG data streams 373A through 373N and frequency band data streams 376-1 through 376-M from theevent processing microcomputer 36. Thealgorithm 512 will continue to read and save to the central processor'smemory 55, the next “Y” minutes of EEG data streams 373A through 373N and frequency band data streams 376-1 through 376-M from theevent processing microcomputer 36. As seen in FIG. 8, these data streams may include a blank period during stimulation followed by data that can be analyzed to determine the efficacy of the treatment. Thealgorithm 514 also causes asignal 511 to be sent to thestimulation sub-system 40 via thelink 54 to cause thestimulation sub-system 40 to respond as programmed to stop the neurological event. - Values for X and Y will typically be several minutes for X and as much as a half-hour for Y. The
memory 55 must be large enough for at least one event and could be large enough to hold 10 or more events. The values X and Y like other parameters are programmable and adaptable to the needs of each particular patient. - The I/
O subroutine 517 receives physician commands from thedata communication sub-system 60 via thelink 56 and, in turn, reads and sends back via thelink 57 thedata stream 519 containing the event related data previously stored in thememory 55 by thealgorithm 512. These data are transmitted to theexternal equipment 11 by thedata communication sub-system 60 via thewireless link 72 as shown in FIGS. 2 and 11. - The I/
O subroutine 517 also plays a key role in the downloading of software programs andparameters 59 to the programmable sub-systems of theimplantable system 10 of FIG. 2. These programmable sub-systems include theevent detection sub-system 30, thecentral processing system 50 and thestimulation sub-system 40. The programmable components of theevent detection sub-system 30 are the programmabledigital signal processor 34 and theevent processing microcomputer 36 shown in FIG. 3. The programming instructions andparameters 59 for theprogrammable sub-systems O subroutine 517 by the programming andparameters downloading subroutine 516 of thecentral processor processing 510. Thesubroutine 516 stores the instructions andparameters 59 and downloads the program instructions for DSP and event processing 375 (also see FIG. 7) for theevent detection sub-system 30 vialink 52 to theevent processing microcomputer 36. Thesubroutine 516 also downloads the stimulation sub-system instructions andparameters 592 via thelink 54 to thestimulation sub-system 40. Thesubroutine 516 also updates thememory 55 with the programming instructions andparameters 594 for thecentral processor processing 510. - Programmable microprocessors or self-contained microcomputers, such as the Intel8048 and 8051, which contain read only memory for basic programs and random access memory for data storage and/or program storage, can be used to implement the
central processor processing 510 as previously described. It is also envisioned that a custom VLSI chip involving microprocessor, signaling and memory modules could be produced specifically for this application. All of the previously described algorithms to store data, send notification signals and messages and make decisions based on input data are straightforward for a software programmer to implement based on the current state of the art. - It is also clear that current memory technology should be suitable for EEG storage. For example, the EEG storage for a 4 electrode system using 8 bits (one byte) per sample at a sampling rate of 250 samples per second (required for frequencies up to 125 Hz) will require 60,000 bytes per minute of data storage. Having 100 minutes of storage would require only 6 megabytes, which is readily achievable using current memory chip technology. Thus if both X and Y were each 1 minute, then a total of 50 neurological events could be stored in the 6 megabyte memory.
- It is also envisioned that with well-known data compression techniques such as adaptive pulse code modulation, the memory requirements can be reduced significantly.
- It should be understood that instead of using random access memory to store the EEG data, non-volatile memory such as “flash memory” could be used to conserve power.
- FIG. 10 illustrates the
stimulation sub-system 40 including its interconnections to other sub-systems. Thestimulation sub-system 40 is used to stimulate the brain, responsive to a detected event. The preferred embodiment of thestimulation sub-system 40 comprises adelay processing microcomputer 420 andN signal generators 422A through 422N attached to theelectrodes 15A through 15N by thewires 17A through 17N. Theevent detection signal 511 from thecentral processor 51 is received by thedelay processing microcomputer 420, which first sends a signal via thelink 29 to theevent detection sub-system 30 to shut down event detection during stimulation. Thedelay processing microcomputer 420 will then feed stimulation command signals 410A through 410N to thesignal generators 422A through 422N for a specific pre-programmed time period. The stimulation command signals 410A through 410N may be simultaneous or may have a relative delay with respect to each other. These delays can be downloaded by the instruction andparameter download 592 from thecentral processor 51 via thelink 54. It may be desirable that the delays be adjusted so that the stimulation signals 412A through 412N from thesignal generators 422A through 422N reach the neurological event focus in the brain at the same time and in-phase. This could enhance performance of thestimulation sub-system 40 in turning off a neurological event. Alternately, experience may indicate that certain signals being out of phase when they arrive at the neurological event focus may be particularly efficacious in aborting a neurological event. - The stimulation command signals410A through 410N can be used to control the amplitude, waveform, frequency, phase, and time duration of the signal generators' output signals.
- The
typical stimulation signals 412A through 412N generated by thesignal generators 422A through 422N should be biphasic (that is with equal energy positive and negative of ground) with a typical frequency of between 30 and 200 Hz, although frequencies of between 0.1 and 1000 Hz may be effective. It is also envisioned that pure d-c voltages might be used, although they are less desirable. If frequencies above 30 Hz are used, the signal generators could be capacitively coupled to thewires 17A through 17N. The typical width of the biphasic pulse should be between 250 and 500 microseconds, although pulse widths of 10 microseconds to 10 seconds may be effective for a particular patient. Typical voltages applied may be between 1 millivolt and 10 volts rms. The stimulation would typically be turned on for several seconds although times as short as a 1 millisecond or as long as 30 minutes may be used. - Biphasic voltage generation circuits are well known in the art of circuit design and need not be diagrammed here. Similarly, the code to cause the
delay processing microcomputer 420 to provide different command parameters to thesignal generators 422A through 422N is easily accomplished using well known programming techniques. - Although the
delay processing microcomputer 420 is shown here as a separate unit, it may be practical to have thecentral processor 51 or theevent detection microcomputer 36 of FIG. 3 provide the required processing. Consolidating many of the processing functions within a single processor is practical with thesystem 10 of FIG. 2 as the real time demands on any one system typically occurs when the others are not extremely busy. For example, during processing to identify an event, there is no need for data I/O, EEG storage or stimulation. When an event is detected and there is a need for EEG storage and stimulation, there is reduced need for event detection processing. - It is also envisioned that the
stimulation sub-system 40 could operate with only one electrode such as a single electrode centrally located at an epileptic focus, or a deep electrode implanted in the thalamus or the hippocampus of the brain. If this were the case, thedelay processing microcomputer 420 would not be needed, and only a single signal generator circuit would be required. By “located at an epileptic focus” it is meant that the electrode would be placed within 2 centimeters of the center of that focus. - FIG. 11 shows the block diagram of the
data communication sub-system 60 and theexternal data interface 70 including interconnections to thecentral processor 51 and the physician's work-station 80. When communication from the physician'sworkstation 80 to thecentral processor 51 is desired, theantenna 730 of the external data interface is placed near theantenna 630 of thedata communication sub-system 60. Theworkstation 80 is then connected by thecable 74 to an RS-232 serialdata interface circuit 740 of theexternal data interface 70. The RS-232 serialdata interface circuit 740 connects to theRF transmitter 720 andRF receiver 710 through theserial connections 722 and 712, respectively. Alternatively, if the patient is remotely located from the physician'sworkstation 80, theworkstation 80 can be connected to the RS-232 serial data interface over a dial-upconnection 75 using themodems - Once the
connection receiver pair data communication sub-system 60 and the RF transmitter/receiver pair external data interface 70. The wireless signals 72 are used to command software updates via thelink 612 through the serial-to-parallel data converter 614 and thelink 56 to thecentral processor 51. The wireless signals 72 are also used to send stored data back through thelink 57 through the parallel-to-serial data converter 624 through thelink 622 to theRF transmitter 620. - RF transceiver circuitry and antennas similar to this are used in data communication with heart pacemakers and defibrillators, and therefore, this technology is well known in the art of implantable programmable devices. RS-232 interfaces, serial to parallel and parallel to serial conversion circuits, are also well known.
- FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a hybrid analog/digital embodiment of an
event detection sub-system 130 that uses time domain information for event detection. In this embodiment,analog circuitry 139 is used to process and detect possible neurological events, anddigital logic circuitry 138 is used to check if the density of possible events is sufficient to declare a “real” event. As in FIG. 3, the incoming EEG signals 21A through 21N onwires 17A through 17N are amplified by theamplifiers 131A through 131N which may also provide band-pass or low-pass filtering and/or AGC of thesignals 21A through 21N resulting in the amplifiedsignals 121A through 121N which are then squared by thesquarer circuits 132A through 132N resulting in the squared signals 122A through 122N. The squared signals 122A through 122N are then processed by a series of analogdelay line circuits 133A through 133N to create the squared and time-synchronized EEG signals 123A through 123N, which are subsequently added together by the summingcircuit 135. The resulting summed time-synchronizedsignal 125 is then fed into athreshold detection circuit 136 which will output adigital pulse 126 whenever the summed time-synchronizedsignal 125 exceeds a pre-set threshold. Thedigital pulses 126 collected over time are then processed by thedigital logic circuit 138 to determine if the event is real or not. Thedelay parameters 124A through 124N are input to thedelay lines 133A through 133N from thecentral processor 151 and can be pre-set for a particular patient. Setting the values for these time delays could be based on measured delays of EEG signals received from an epileptic focus during diagnostic testing of the patient using the implantedsystem 10 of FIG. 2. During brain stimulation, asignal 129 is sent from thestimulation sub-system 40 to shut down theamplifiers 131A through 131N to avoid amplifier overload or mistakenly identifying a stimulation signal as a neurological event signal. - Analog integrated circuits to multiply or sum analog signals are commercially available. Integrated circuit bucket brigade analog delay lines are also commercially available. It is also envisioned that a hybrid circuit containing multipliers, summers and delay lines could be produced to miniaturize the
system 130. A standard comparator circuit, also available as an integrated circuit, can be used as thethreshold detector 136 to compare thesignal 125 with a preset threshold. If the threshold is exceeded, then a pulse is sent via theconnection 126 from thethreshold detector circuit 136 to theevent counter 141 of thedigital logic 138. - The
digital logic 138, which counts the number of event pulses per second emitted by thethreshold detector 136, can be implemented using a simple programmable microcomputer similar to that described for event recording andprocessing 360 shown in FIG. 7, or it can be implemented by a collection of standard digital logic and counting circuitry. Such a set of circuitry could use acounter 141 to count thepossible event pulses 126 generated by thethreshold detector 136. An event detectedpulse 128 would be emitted by thecounter 141 only when it overflows. If thecounter 141 is reset once a second by areset pulse 147 from an OR gate 146 which has been sent apulse 144 from theclock 142, then only if thecounter 141 overflows in the one second time period betweenreset pulses 147 will the event detectedpulse 128 be generated. Certain available counter chips can be reset to a preset number rather than 0. In FIG. 12, theevent counter 141 could be implemented with such a counter chip so that a reset signal will cause the counter to reset to apreset number 148 that would be set via theconnection 145 from thecentral processor 151. Thus, for example, an 8 bit counter (which counts up to the number 256) could be set to overflow when the number of pulses counted by thecounter 141 causes it to count from the downloadedpreset number 148 to the number two hundred and fifty-six in less than one second. Of course, times of less than 1 second or more than 1 second can also be used for the time between thepulses 144 from thereset clock 142. The event detectedpulse 128 is also used to reset both theclock 142 and theevent counter 141. An OR gate 146 will allow theevent counter 141 to be reset by either thepulse 144 from theclock 142 or the event detectedpulse 128. The processing by thecentral processor 151 would be analogous to that shown in FIG. 9. - The specific threshold to be used for detection by the
threshold detector 136 and the preset 148 for theevent counter 141 will typically be set to minimize the chance of missing a “real” event even though this will result in occasional false positive identification of an event. - FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a hybrid analog/digital representation of still another embodiment of the
event detection sub-system 230 using frequency domain information for event detection. In this embodiment,analog circuitry 239 is used to process and detect possible events in each of M frequency bands.Digital logic circuitry 238 is used to check if the density of possible events is sufficient to declare a “real” event. The front end (up through and including the sum 135) of theanalog circuitry 239 of thesub-system 230 is identical to the front end of theanalog circuitry 139 of FIG. 12. As in FIG. 12, the incoming EEG signals 21A through 21N onwires 17A through 17N are amplified by theamplifiers 131A through 131N. Theseamplifiers 131A through 131N (which may also provide band-pass or low-pass filtering of thesignals 21A through 21N) produce the amplifiedsignals 121A through 121N. The amplified signals 121A through 121N are then squared by thesquarer circuits 132A through 132N resulting in the squared signals 122A through 122N. The squared signals 122A through 122N are then processed by a series of analogdelay line circuits 133A through 133N to create the squared and time-synchronized EEG signals 123A through 123N, which are subsequently added together by the summingcircuit 135. The resulting summed time-synchronizedsignal 125 is fed to a set of analog band-pass filters 266-1 through 266-M for the M frequency bands. The resulting band signals 256-1 through 256-M are examined by the threshold detectors 267-1 through 267-M analogous to thethreshold detector 136 of FIG. 12. Each of the threshold detectors (267-1 through 267-M) will generate a corresponding pulse (257-1 through 257-M) when a preset threshold is exceeded analogous to thepulse 126 generated by thethreshold detector 136 of FIG. 12. The pulses 257-1 through 257-M are fed into the event density counter/detectors 268-1 through 268-M each identical to thedigital logic circuit 138 of FIG. 12. The event density counter/detectors 268-1 through 268-M will feed the detected frequency band event pulses 258-1 through 258-M to thecentral processor 251. - The
central processor 251 processes events from event density counter/detectors in a similar manner to thecentral processor 151 of FIG. 12. The main differences are that the counter presets 259-1 through 259-M may be different for each of the bands as required to optimize sensitivity. During responsive brain stimulation, asignal 129 is sent from thestimulation subsystem 40 to shut down theamplifiers 131A through 131N to avoid amplifier overload or mistakenly identify a stimulation signal as an event signal. The processing by thecentral processor 251 would be analogous to that shown in FIG. 9. - FIG. 14 is a diagram of an
implantable system 910 which can respond to a detected neurological event by infusing medication from animplantable medication system 91 into the patient's body through thehollow catheter 93. Thesystem 910 is identical to thesystem 10 of FIG. 2 except that the programmabledrug delivery sub-system 91 replaces thestimulation sub-system 40 of FIG. 2 as the subsystem that provides the response to an neurological event detected by theevent detection sub-system 30. In this embodiment, the signal indicating that an event has been detected and the programming instructions for the implantabledrug delivery system 91 are transmitted via thelink 96 from thecentral processor 51. It may be desirable to place the outlet of thecatheter 93 into the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) to provide rapid infusion to all areas of the brain, or it may be desired to have the outlet of thecatheter 93 positioned to deliver medication to one specific location in the brain or possibly into the bloodstream. - The operation of the
system 910 of FIG. 14 for detecting and treating a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure is as follows: - 1. The
event detection sub-system 30 continuously processes the EEG signals 21A through 21N carried by thewires 17A through 17N from theN electrodes 15A through 15N. - 2. When an event is detected, the
event detection sub-system 30 notifies thecentral processor 51 via thelink 53 that an event has occurred. - 3. The
central processor 51 signals thedrug delivery system 91 via thelink 96 to infuse medication through thecatheter 93 into the patient's body as a means for stopping a neurological event. - 4. The
drug delivery system 91 delivers pre-programmed drug infusion to the desired site. - 5. The
central processor 51 will store EEG and event related data from X minutes before the event to Y minutes after the event for later analysis by the patient's physician. - 6. The
central processor 51 may initiate a “buzz” to notify the patient that an event has occurred by sending a signal via thelink 92 to thebuzzer 95. - Programmable implantable drug delivery systems are described in some detail in the Fischell U.S. Pat. No. 4,373,527. It is also envisioned that both electrical stimulation and drug delivery could be used together to improve the outcome in the treatment of a neurological disorder.
- It should also be understood that although the invention described herein has been described with analog or digital implementations of various aspects of the invention, the invention may combine analog and digital elements described herein in different combinations than as described.
- In addition, although the previous descriptions relate to a fully implantable system, an externally worn system with implanted electrodes could function adequately and would allow a plug-in interface to the
data communication sub-system 60 and simple battery replacement. It is also envisioned that the techniques described above would work with an external device with electrodes attached to the outside of the head. External devices would have great merit in determining if an implantable system would work well enough to be warranted. An external version with implanted electrodes could be used to record EEG signals from neurological events to calculate the optimal programming algorithms and parameters to be used by a permanently implanted system using the same set of electrodes. - It is also envisioned that the EEG recording capabilities of the present invention could be used without the event detection and stimulation components to store patient EEG activity for diagnostic purposes.
- Novel arrangements for the physical placement of the various parts of a system for the treatment of neurological disorders are shown in FIGS.15 to 25 inclusive. Specifically, FIG. 15 shows a top view of an
intracranial system 600 consisting ofbrain surface electrodes wires electrodes 601 through 606 to acontrol module 620. Thus the proximal end of each of thewires 611 through 616 is connected to thecontrol module 620, and the distal end of each of thewires 611 through 616 is connected to an electrode. Inside the patient'shead 9, these surface electrodes 601-606 are placed between the bottom of the cranium (i.e., inside the skull) and the top of the dura mater that surrounds the brain. Thus this is an epidural placement of the surface electrodes. Although six surface electrodes are shown in FIG. 15, it is envisioned that as many as 12 or more active electrodes could be usefully implanted. It is further envisioned that the metal case of thecontrol module 620 could serve as a common or indifferent electrode that also could be considered to be at ground potential. It is further envisioned that the control module might utilize a case that is non-conducting in which only part of the outer surface is conducting so as to provide one or more electrodes. Also shown in FIG. 15 is adeep electrode 601D connected bywire 611D to thecontrol module 620. It is anticipated that as many as eight deep electrodes could be used with theintracranial system 600. One or more deep electrodes might advantageously be placed in the hippocampus and/or the thalamus or possibly some other portion of deep brain tissue. - FIG. 16 is a simplified side view of the
human head 9 into which theintracranial system 600 has been implanted. In this simplified view, only onebrain surface electrode 602 is shown and onedeep electrode 601D. Thebrain surface electrode 602 is connected by theinsulated wire 612 to controlmodule 620. Also shown in FIG. 16 is thedeep electrode 601D connected by thewire 611D to thecontrol module 620. - FIGS. 15 and 16 also show that the
control module 620 is located in an anterior portion of the patient'shead 9. By an anterior portion is meant that it is located anterior to the head's lateral centerline (LCL) that roughly goes through the center of the ears. Furthermore, thecontrol module 620 cannot be situated on the anterior-posterior centerline (APCL) because just under the APCL is the very large sagittal sinus vein, and it would be inadvisable to place thecontrol module 620 at such a location. The reason for placing thecontrol module 620 in the anterior half of the patient's cranium is that the middle meningeal artery and its branches, (which arteries all lie posterior to the LCL) cause grooves to be formed in the underside of the cranium. Therefore, that location is also inappropriate for removing the considerable volume of cranium bone that should be removed for placement of thecontrol module 620. - FIGS. 15 and 16 also show that the electrodes are connected by wires to the
control module 620 via holes that are made by removing bone from the patient's cranium. Specifically, the interconnectingwires wire 616 passes through the hole H1 andwires wires wires wires - Indicated by phantom lines in FIG. 15 is the location of an
epileptic focus 630 where anelectrode 601 has been placed. As previously described, it may be advantageous to provide an electrical short circuit between such anelectrode 601 located over theepileptic focus 630 and the metal case of thecontrol module 620 which acts as an indifferent, common or ground electrode. Also, responsive stimulation using only theelectrode 601 may be sufficient to abort an epileptic seizure with no other electrode being actuated. - FIG. 17 shows the location of the
control module 620 connected bywires output coil 635 that is placed in a posterior position on the patient's head along the APCL. - FIG. 18 shows a cross section of the patient's cranium along the APCL showing the cross section of
flat wire coil 635 and also shows apatient initiating device 750 having acase 751 and an initiatingbutton 752. - FIG. 19 shows a cross section of the patient's cranium along the APCL again showing the cross section of the
flat wire coil 635 and also the cross section of acap 636 that includes a flat wire input-output communication coil 637. The flat wire coils 635 and 637 can act as emitting and receiving devices to provide two-way communication between thecontrol module 620 and theexternal equipment 11. - The
flat wire coil 635 serves several important functions for the operation of the implantedsystem 10. A first use is as the means to communicate by magnetic induction between theexternal equipment 11 and the implantedsystem 600. By “magnetic induction” is meant that an alternating magnetic field generated by (for example) thecoil 638 generates an electrical current in thecoil 635. Such an alternating magnetic field can also be modulated to provide the wireless two-way communication link 72 of FIG. 2. Theexternal equipment 11 via thecommunication coil 637 can be used to read out telemetry stored in thecontrol module 620 or reprogram thecontrol module 620 with new software or operational parameters. Another use of theflat coil 635 is to allow the patient's initiatingdevice 750 to cause a specific action to occur within the implantedsystem 10. For example, thedevice 750 can be used to trigger a response from the implantedsystem 600 that would be initiated by the patient when he or she feels that some neurological event was about to occur. For example, when the aura of a seizure is felt or some visual manifestation of a migraine headache, the patient would place thedevice 750 over the site of the implanted control module and then press theactuate button 752. Thedevice 750 might have several buttons to initiate different responses from the implantedsystem 600. One response that the patient may wish to have accomplished is to hold in memory the prior several minutes of recorded EEG data if the patient feels that data may be important to an understanding of his neurological condition. Furthermore, the pressing of different buttons could be used to initiate some different response from the implantedsystem 600. Specifically, by pressing on thebutton 752, a coil within the patient's initiatingdevice 750 can communicate by magnetic induction with theflat coil 635 to carry out a specific action such as: (1) hold data stored in the FIFOs to be read out at a later time, (2) provide a pre-programmed response to stop a neurological event, (3) turn off the implanted system, and (4) initiate any other action requested by the patient that has been pre-programmed by the physician. Another use for theflat coil 635, as shown in FIG. 19, is to connect thecommunication coil 637 via thewire 638 to thecharging equipment 639 as required to recharge a rechargeable battery that would be located in thecontrol module 620. Theexternal equipment 11 could also provide electrical power to thecontrol module 620 during readout of telemetry or during reading in of new operational parameters. Powering thecontrol module 620 from an external source during such times of high power drains could extend the lifetime of a primary (non-rechargeable) battery located in thecontrol module 620. - Although FIG. 17 shows the
flat coil 635 located remotely from thecontrol module 620, such a coil could also be placed on the surface of or interior to thecontrol module 620. Remote placement has the advantage that the high frequency and intense alternating magnetic field required for communication or recharging would not be placed onto the electronics portion of thecontrol module 620 thus avoiding interference with the operation of thesystem 600. The coupling by magnetic induction of thecoil 635 with either thedevice 750 or thecommunication coil 637 can provide thewireless communication link 72 of FIG. 2. It is envisioned that any of the two-way communication capabilities described herein could be implemented via the electromagnetic induction structures as shown in FIGS. 17, 18, and 19, or via the radio frequency (RF) components shown in FIG. 11. - FIG. 20 is a top view of a thin-
walled metal shell 621 that acts as a base for thecontrol module 620. FIG. 21 is a cross section of thecontrol module 620 and also shows the cross section of theshell 621 as indicated by the section 21-21 in FIG. 20. FIGS. 20 and 21 show that theshell 621 has aflange 622 and four holes through which are insertedbone screws 623 that attach theshell 621 to the bony structure of the cranium. Also shown in FIG. 20 and 21 are input wires (of which onlywire 611 is indicated) that enter the insulatingstrain relief structure 640. On the interior of theshell 621 are male connectingpins 641 which are designed to mate with a female receptacle that forms part of theelectronics module 626 that is shown in FIG. 21. Theelectronics module 626 contains most if not all of the electronic circuitry that is contained within thecontrol module 620. Also shown in FIG. 21 is thebattery 625, which has atop plate 624 that extends over theflange 622 of theshell 621. An O-ring 627 is used to provide a fluid seal to prevent body fluids from entering thecontrol module 620. A silicone rubber adhesive or one or more small metal screws could be used to join thetop plate 624 to theflange 622 of theshell 621. Theshell 621,battery 625, andelectronics module 626 constitute the three major parts of thecontrol module 620. - The
control module 620 is designed for easy implantation within a space in the cranium where the bone has been removed. The thickness of the cranium at the site of the implantation would be approximately 10 mm. Therefore, the thickness of thecontrol module 620 would be approximately the same 10 mm with a diameter of approximately 40 mm. To implant thecontrol module 620, the hair would be shaved over the implantation site, an incision would be made in the scalp, and the bone would be removed to make room for thecontrol module 620. In a similar manner, holes such as H1-H4 inclusive would be made in the cranium for the pass-through of wires connecting to the brain electrodes. - Although FIG. 21 shows the
electronics module 626 located beneath thebattery 625, it also envisioned that those positions could be reversed if such positioning offered a more advantageous construction. In either case, either thebattery 625 or theelectronics module 626 could be readily replaced through a simple incision in the scalp over the site of the implantedcontrol module 620 after the hair has been removed from the incision site. - FIG. 22 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the invention in which the
system 700 for the treatment of neurological disorders utilizes acontrol module 720 that is located in the patient's chest. Thesystem 700 usesepidural electrodes deep electrode 701D; the electrodes being joined by connectingwires wire cable 710 to thecontrol module 720. Theelectrode 701 is shown placed at anepileptic focus 730. This system can be used in exactly the same manner as previously described for thesystem 10 that had acontrol module 20 that was placed within the cranium. - FIG. 23 illustrates another embodiment of the invention that utilizes a control module placed between the patient's scalp and cranium and a remotely located implantable sensor/
actuator device 850 located within the patient's body but not in the patient's head. Thesystem 800 could operate in one of two modes. In the first mode, the sensor/actuator device 850 would operate as a sensor for sensing some physiological condition such as an elevated blood pressure or an electrical signal from a nerve or muscle indicating the presence of pain. Theactive electrode 854 is connected by thewire 851 to the sensor/actuator device 850 using the metal case of the sensor/actuator device 850 as an indifferent electrode. An electrical signal in thefrequency range 1 to 500 kHz emitted from theelectrode 854 could be used to communicate with thecontrol module 820, thus providing a signaling means to thecontrol module 820 from the remote sensor/actuator device 850. Of course, such signaling means can also be provided from thecontrol module 820 to the sensor/actuator device 850. The electrical signal from the sensor/actuator device 850 would be detected between theactive electrode 801 and an indifferent electrode that could be the metal case ofcontrol module 820 or it could be a separate electrode. Theactive electrode 801 is connected to thecontrol module 820 by the connectingwire 811. It should be noted that in FIG. 23, theelectrode 801 is placed epidurally at the bottom of the hole H8. This can be a comparatively simple way to place an epidural electrode. - Having received a signal from the sensor/
actuator device 850 acting as a sensor, thecontrol module 820 would send a signal via thewire 812 toelectrode 802 to act on that portion of the brain that would result in a treatment of the physiological condition that caused the sensor/actuator device 850 to communicate with thecontrol module 820. Thus, for example, if theelectrode 854 detects a pain signal from a nerve in the back, theelectrode 802 could be used to turn off a certain region of the brain so that the patient would not perceive that pain. - A second mode of operation for the
system 800 would be when the intracranial portion of thesystem 800 is used for sensing an adverse physiological condition, and the sensor/actuator device 850 is used as an actuator to carry out some treatment at a remote location to ameliorate that adverse physiological condition. In this mode, theelectrode 802 would sense the adverse condition and send an alternating electrical signal out fromelectrode 801 to carry out some treatment at a remote location within the body. Theelectrode 854 would receive that signal and could cause the sensor/actuator device 850 to carry out a pre-programmed treatment. For example, if a migraine headache is detected by thecontrol module 820, the sensor/actuator device 850 could be instructed to release medication via thecatheter 853 into the cerebrospinal fluid (the CSF) to relieve that headache. Or a Parkinson's disease tremor might be detected and the neurotransmitter epinephrine would be appropriately released into the CSF to relieve that tremor. In another example, if the patient thought about moving a certain muscle that had been made inoperative due to interrupted nerve conduction, that muscle could be activated by theelectrode 856, which is connected by thewire 852 to the sensor/actuator device 850. - It should be understood that the communication signal means between the
control module 820 and the sensor/actuator device 850 could be modulated by any one of several well known techniques (such as AM, FM, phase modulation, etc.) in order to carry out proportional responses based upon the sensing signal received by theelectrode 802 and processed by thecontrol module 820. It should also be understood that communication between thecontrol module 820 and the remote sensor/actuator device 850 could be accomplished by acoustic (e.g. ultrasonic) vibrations from a buzzer at either location to a microphone at the receiving end of the transmission or by any suitable electromagnetic communication means. Of course it is also understood that a multiplicity of electrodes could be used with either thecontrol module 820 or the sensor/actuator device 850, and that both thecontrol module 820 and the remote sensor/actuator device 850 might together produce the response to a detected event. - It is further envisioned the signaling means between the
control module 820 and the remote sensor/actuator device 850 may be in the form of either analog or digital signals. - FIG. 23 also illustrates how a
buzzer 95 connected by thewires 92 to acontrol module 820 could be used as part of the means for stopping a neurological event such as an epileptic seizure. Since the buzzer could be located in close proximity to the ear, if it produces an acoustic output when an epileptic seizure is detected by thecontrol module 820, that acoustic input into the brain can stop the epileptic seizure. Furthermore, a hearing aid type ofacoustic output device 895 placed in the ear could have an acoustic output of a particular intensity and pitch that could turn off the seizure. The operation of either thebuzzer 95 or theacoustic output device 895 would be automatic, i.e., when a seizure precursor is detected, an acoustic input signal would be applied automatically. Thedevice 895 could be actuated by receiving a signal from thebuzzer 95. - FIG. 23 also shows a visual
light source 896 that could be a light emitting diode in eyeglasses worn by the patient or a special flashlight type of device. Either device could be used with a particular wavelength of light and rate of flashing on and off so as to provide a visual input that could act as a means for stopping an epileptic seizure. Although thelight source 896 could be automatic if it were on a pair of eyeglasses, if a flashlight type of device is used, the visual input would be manually applied. - Also shown in FIG. 23 is a
sensory actuator 897 which can apply electrical stimulation toelectrodes 898 throughwires 899 to the patient's skin. Thesensory actuator 897 might also produce mechanical vibrations applied directly to the patient's skin. - FIG. 24 shows an alternative embodiment of the invention, which uses a multiple pin,
pyrolytic carbon receptacle 911 placed through the patient's scalp, which receptacle provides a multiplicity of electrical connections for thecontrol module 920. Specifically, thesystem 900 has acontrol module 920 that is electrically connected to thereceptacle 911 by means of thewire cable 922. Themating plug 912 is connected by the cable 913 to provide two-way communication via electrical wires between thecontrol module 920 and theexternal equipment 11. Theplug 912 and cable 913 can also be used with thecharging equipment 914 to recharge a rechargeable battery (not shown) located in thecontrol module 920. - Also shown in FIG. 24 are other alternative means for providing two-way communication between the
control module 920 and theexternal equipment 11. Specifically, FIG. 24 shows an acoustic (ultrasonic)transducer 931 mounted on thecontrol module 920 that can communicate with the externally locatedtransducer 932 that is in two-way communication with theexternal equipment 11 through thewire cable 933. In a similar manner, an infrared emitter/receiver 941 can send an infrared signal through the patient's scalp to an infrared emitter/receiver 943 that is connected by thewire cable 943 to theexternal equipment 11. - By any of these methods, either direct electrical connection, or acoustic or infrared two-way communication the equivalent function of
element 72 in FIG. 2 can be accomplished. It has already been established that two-way communication 72 can also be accomplished by a variety of electromagnetic means including an alternating magnetic field or by radio frequency communication. - FIG. 24 also shows other locations for electrodes that are to be placed in close proximity to the brain. Specifically, FIG. 24 shows an
electrode 950 mounted on the outer surface of the scalp that is connected by thecable wire 951 to thecontrol module 920. Such anexternal electrode 950 could also be used with an externally placed control module (not shown). Additionally, electrodes such as theelectrode 960 could be placed between the patient's scalp and cranium and would be connected by thewire cable 961 to thecontrol module 920. Furthermore, electrodes such as theelectrode 950 could be placed between the dura mater and the arachnoid and would be connected via thewire cable 971 to thecontrol module 920. - It should be noted that any of the electrodes described herein that are in the general proximity of the brain either inside or on top of the patient's head or deep within the patient's brain can all be considered to be “brain electrodes.”
- FIG. 25 illustrates a
system 980 for the treatment of neurological disorders that uses anexternal control module 990 with either internal or external means for stopping a neurological event. Specifically, the scalp-mounted electrode 994 connected by the wire 996 to thecontrol module 990 could be used to detect a neurological event. Of course one could use a multiplicity of such scalp-mounted electrodes. Once a neurological event has been detected, thecontrol module 990 could actuate anacoustic input device 895, or a visuallight input device 986 or anactuator 897 for other sensory inputs. Thus, such asystem 980 envisions acontrol module 990 mounted external to the patient that uses external remote actuators that can provide acoustic, visual or other sensory inputs that could stop an epileptic seizure. - Furthermore, the
system 980 envisions the use of the externally mountedcontrol module 990 with electrodes mounted in close proximity to the brain or actually within the brain (i.e. “brain electrodes”). Specifically, theelectrodes deep electrode 801D could be placed within the brain itself. Thewires plug 984 that connects by thewire 992 to thecontrol module 990. Theelectrodes - In FIG. 25, the remote sensor/
actuator device 850 can be used as part of the means for stopping a neurological event by applying an electrical stimulus to one or two vagus nerves by means of theelectrodes 854 and/or 856. This could also be accomplished using the system shown in FIG. 23, i.e., with any control module 820 (or 20) that is implanted beneath the scalp. In FIG. 25 thecatheter 853 can be used to apply medication as part of the means for stopping a neurological event. The sensor/actuator device 850 can be triggered to stop the neurological event by means of a signal originating from the externally mountedcontrol module 990. - Also shown in FIG. 25 is an external
remote actuator 897 which can apply electrical stimulation toelectrodes 898 throughwires 899 to the patient's skin. Theactuator 897 might also produce mechanical vibrations applied directly to the patient's skin as another form of sensory input. - FIG. 26 is a block diagram of the implanted and external portions of an alternate embodiment of the
system 1010 having enhanced patient communication capabilities. This embodiment is similar to that of FIG. 2 with the “buzzer” 95 of FIG. 2 now called anacoustic transducer 1095 and theacoustic transducer 1095 also having connection to the event sub-system now called thesignal processing sub-system 1030 that allows theacoustic transducer 1095 to act as a microphone in picking up mechanical vibrations including but not limited to human speech. - The
wires 17A through 17N from theelectrodes 15A through 15N, and thewire 18 from thecommon electrode 16, are shown connected to both thesignal processing sub-system 1030 and thestimulation sub-system 40. It is also envisioned to use the case of thecontrol module 20 of FIG. 1 as the common (or indifferent)electrode 16. Thewires 17A through 17N carryEEG signals 21A through 21N from theelectrodes 15A through 15N to thesignal processing sub-system 1030. Theelectrodes 15A through 15N can be energized by thestimulation sub-system 40 via thewires 17A through 17N to electrically stimulate the patient's brain using the stimulation signals 412A through 412N respectively. Although theelectrodes 15A through 15N and 16 shown here are connected to both thesignal processing sub-system 1030 and thestimulation sub-system 40, it is obvious that a separate set of electrodes and associated wires could be used with each sub-system. Furthermore, it is envisioned that any one, several or all of theelectrodes 15A through 15N could be electrically connected (i.e., shorted) to theelectrode 16 or to each other. This would be accomplished by appropriate switching circuitry in thestimulation sub-system 40. - The
signal processing sub-system 1030 receives the EEG signals 21A through 21N (referenced tosystem ground 19 connected to thewire 18 from the common electrode 16) and processes them to identify neurological events such as an epileptic seizure or its precursor. Acentral processing system 1050 withcentral processor 1051 andmemory 1055 acts to control and coordinate all functions of theimplantable system 1010. The interconnection 1052 is used to transmit programming parameters and instructions to thesignal processing sub-system 1030 from thecentral processing system 1050. Theinterconnection 1053 is used to transmit signals to thecentral processing system 1050 identifying the detection of a neurological event by thesignal processing sub-system 1030. Theinterconnection 1053 is also used to transmit EEG and other related data for storage in thememory 1055. In addition, theinterconnection 1053 is used to transmit processed acoustic signals from the acoustic signals from theacoustic transducer 1095 that have been signal processed by thesignal processing sub-system 1030. - When an event is detected by the
signal processing sub-system 1030, thecentral processor 1051 can command thestimulation sub-system 40 via theinterconnection 54 to transmit electrical signals to any one or more of theelectrodes 15A through 15N via thewires 17A through 17N. It is anticipated that, if appropriateelectrical signals 412A to 412N inclusive are transmitted to certain locations in or near the brain, the normal progression of an epileptic seizure can be aborted. At the same time or just before or just after the application of electrical stimulation by thestimulation sub-system 40, an electrical signal can be sent from thecentral processor 1051. - A
power supply 90 provides power to each component of thesystem 1010. Power supplies for comparable implantable devices such as heart pacemakers and heart defibrillators are well known in the art of implantable electronic devices. Such a power supply typically utilizes a primary (non-rechargeable) storage battery with an associated DC-to-DC converter to obtain whatever voltages are required for theimplantable system 1010. - Data stored in the
memory 1055 can be retrieved by the patient's physician by awireless communication link 72 with thedata communication sub-system 60 connected to thecentral processing system 1050. Anexternal data interface 1070 can be directly connected with an RS-232 typeserial connection 74 to the physician'sworkstation 80. Alternately, the serial connection may be viamodems phone line 75 from the patient's home to the physician'sworkstation 80. The software in the computer section of the physician'sworkstation 80 allows the physician to read out a history of events detected including EEG information before, during, and after the event as well as specific information relating to the detection of the event such as the time evolving energy spectrum of the patient's EEG. Theworkstation 80 also allows the physician to specify or alter the programmable parameters of the implantable system 1100. - The acoustic transducer1095 (buzzer) is connected by the link 1094 to the digital-to-analog converter 1093 that is connected to the
central processor 1051 via thelink 1092. Theacoustic transducer 1095 can be used to notify the patient that an event has occurred or that the implantedsystem 1010 is not functioning properly. The acoustic transducer could provide a mechanical vibration (typically an acoustic signal) that could be perceived by the patient. By placing theacoustic transducer 1095 near the ear and on the top of, below, or within a burr hole in the cranium, an acoustic signal emitted by theacoustic transducer 1095 will be detectable by the patient's ear. - It is also envisioned that the
acoustic transducer 1095 could be part of theelectronics module 626 shown in FIG. 21. In this embodiment theacoustic transducer 10 would be in contact with the thin-walled metal shell 621 of thecontrol module 620 shown in FIG. 21. In this configuration, the vibration of theacoustic transducer 1095 will be heard by the patient through bone conduction with the advantage of having theacoustic transducer 1095 not be separate from the control module. This sound produced by theacoustic transducer 1095 itself can be an automatic means for stopping an epileptic seizure. - The acoustic signal delivered by the
acoustic transducer 1095 can be a buzz, a tone, a sequence or combination of tones, a segment of recorded music, a synthesized or reproduced complex sound, or a segment of human speech. The speech could be either synthesized human speech or recorded and digitally encoded human speech stored in the memory of the control module or transmitted from theexternal equipment 11 to the control module. Theacoustic transducer 1095 would typically be a small acoustic transducer such as a piezoelectric crystal or the miniature loudspeaker from a hearing aid. The speech segments could be stored in thedigital memory 1055 of thesystem 1010 using encoding methods including but not limited to PCM, ADPCM, or LPC (or variations thereof, such as CELP, code-excited linear prediction) and played out through a digital-to-analog converter 1093 to thebuzzer 1095. Although not shown in FIG. 26, an amplifier may be used to increase the signal strength on the link 1094 if the output of the digital-to-analog converter 1093 is insufficient to drive thebuzzer 1095. - Similarly, a complex sound can be generated as an electrical signal by known analog or digital sound synthesis methods or by known analog or digital sound reproduction methods (such as PCM- or ADPCM-encoded waveforms stored in digital memory and played through a digital-to-analog converter).
- Speech synthesis integrated circuits that can convert text into human speech are well known. Such a speech synthesis chip could be inserted between the
processor 1051 and the digital-to-analog converter 1093. This would allow the voice announcements to be stored as text strings instead of encoded voice recordings reducing the amount of digital memory required. - As set forth above, the
buzzer 1095 or acoustic transducer of the present invention is designed to provide audible information via vibrations to a person with an ordinary (or functional) level of hearing. Buzzes, tones, combinations or sequences of tones, complex sounds, or segments of reproduced or synthesized human speech are used by the invention to provide information to the patient regarding, in various embodiments, the state or function of the device or conditions identified by the device. These sounds are transmitted to the patient's ears, preferably via bone conduction through the cranium, but possibly simply through the air. Furthermore, a device according to the invention would generate specific sounds, as set forth above, and generally would not amplify external ambient sound for transmittal to and electrical stimulation of the middle or inner ear. A device according to the invention is not adapted to provide hearing assistance; it is designed to provide information to the patient. - The
acoustic transducer 1095 can also act as a microphone to convert mechanical vibration into electrical signals that can be processed by thesignal processing sub-system 1030. Most signal processing chips can be programmed to recognize spoken words as well as other electrical signals. Thus thesignal processing sub-system 1030 might be programmed to detect neurological events by processing EEG signals and simultaneously be programmed to recognize spoken commands picked up by theacoustic transducer 1095. Alternately, a sequence of tapping on the head near the control module could be used to command thesystem 1010 or to turn on the speech detection program. For example, detecting two sets of 5 taps with less than 10 seconds between the sets could is a signal that would be unlikely to be accidentally produced by natural events. Such detection is straightforward for the event recording andprocessing system 360 with programmable components like theevent density counter 371 shown in FIG. 7. With tap detection using 1 tap for yes and 2 taps for no, in response to speech prompts delivered by theacoustic transducer 1095, a means for patient communication with an implanted device can be accomplished without the need for any external equipment. This would also eliminate the need for an external magnet such as is used with heart pacemakers and implantable defibrillators to change system modes of the implantable device. - Although a single
acoustic transducer 1095 is shown in FIG. 26, separate microphone and loudspeaker transducers could be used instead. - The ability to communicate with the patient from an implantable device has applications beyond notification of detected neurological events. Such communication can be reminders to the patient to take medications, warnings that the device battery is low and needs recharging or replacements or just a daily notification that the system is functioning properly. If the
system 1010 is acting only as a neurological event detector without stimulation, the announcement could tell the patient to take medication, sit down, or stop activities because a seizure is about to begin. - The
external data interface 1070 can be a personal computer, a PDA such as a 3Com Palm Pilot or handheld PC running Microsoft Windows CE. It could also be a modified wireless phone that might have the modem for external data transmission built in allowing contact between the patient and doctor from any location. - It is also envisioned that the
system 1010 could work cooperatively with theexternal data interface 1070 in the following ways. A simple, tone, buzz or announcement played through theacoustic transducer 1095 that will prompt the patient to get within a specific distance of theexternal data interface 1070. Once within this distance the implantedsystem 1010 can communicate with theexternal data interface 1070 to facilitate one or more of the following tasks. - 1. The
external data interface 1070 could provide text or speech instructions to the patient for taking medications related to the condition detected by thesystem 1010. - 2. Remind the patient that it is time to take medication.
- 3. The
external data interface 1070 could instruct the patient to schedule an appointment with the physician. - 4. Answer an incoming phone call.
- 5. Place a phone call to a number listed on the external data processor display. This is a function similar to a pager.
- 6. The
external data interface 1070 could automatically call for an ambulance or paramedic if the condition was severe. - 7. The
external data interface 1070 could retrieve data from thememory 1055 and transmit it on to the physician'sworkstation 80. - The present invention of particular importance associated with detection of a precursor. With the ability to detect the precursor that is a first neurological event of a second neurological event that would have clinical manifestations, an alert to take medication could be extremely effective in averting a seizure. Techniques for the prediction of epileptic seizures have been widely published by Osorio and others and indicate that it can be possible to detect the precursor electrical signal predictive of the onset of a seizure many minutes before the clinical symptoms appear.
- Only the
acoustic transducer 1095 need be positioned so that mechanical vibration produced would be detectable by the patient's ears. The remainder of the system might be implanted elsewhere in the body like thecontrol module 720 of FIG. 22. Theacoustic transducer 1095 could also be part of an external device such as the control module 99 of FIG. 25 that sits behind the patient's ear. - The
system 1010 has a wirelessexternal communication link 72 that could allow external equipment to initiate the acoustic signals played to the patient by theacoustic transducer 1095. Such signals could include instructions for downloading stored EEG data stored in thememory 1055 through themodem 750 to the Physician'sworkstation 80. - Other signals of interest for the present invention could be the ringing or voice signals received by a telephone or an alarm generated by the
external equipment 11. - A
real time clock 91 is used for timing and synchronizing various portions of the implantedsystem 10 and also to enable the system to provide the exact date and time corresponding to each neurological event that is detected by theimplantable system 1010 and recorded in memory. Theinterconnection 96 is used to send data from thecentral processor 1051 to thereal time clock 91 in order to set the correct date and time in theclock 91. Thereal time clock 91 is useful if a daily message such as “System OK” is played at noon each day to the patient through theacoustic transducer 1095. - FIG. 26 also shows an implantable
external sensor 1012 withlink 1014 to thecentral processor 1051. Examples of implantable external sensors envisioned are: - 1. A pressure sensor for use in sensing blood pressure, intra-cranial pressure or pressure at any other desirable location within the human body. Such a system with a blood pressure sensor could prompt the patient to take medication to reduce their high blood pressure. Also, when used in conjunction with a drug infusion device the
system 910 of FIG. 14 withinfusion pump 91 andcatheter 92 or theremote module 850 of FIG. 23 havingdrug delivery catheter 853, the system could automatically infuse medication to counteract the abnormal pressure detected by the pressure sensor. Such a pressure sensor could be made from a Piezo-electric crystal. - 2. A temperature sensor.
- 3. A blood gas sensor. This could be used for underwater divers to sense nitrogen in the blood and warn of potential decompression sickness or, when decompressing, when it is save to stop.
- 4. A chemical sensor that can provide data on the concentration of specific chemical compounds within some part of the human body. For example, Minimed Technologies has developed an implantable glucose sensor. A glucose imbalance in a diabetic could prompt the present invention to play the appropriate message to the patient. It is also possible that specific electrical stimulation within the brain or elsewhere within the body could be used to induce the body to increase the production of the chemical.
- 5. A heart rate sensor.
- The
external sensor 1012 would generate sensor electrical signals that it would transmit through thelink 1014 to the electronic circuitry of thesystem 1010 and specifically to thecentral processor 1051. It is envisioned that thesystem 1010 could emit acoustic signals in response to changes in the electrical signals sent from thesensor 1012 to thecentral processor 1051. - Additional objects and advantages of the present invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art to which this invention relates from the subsequent description of the preferred embodiments and the appended claims, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
Claims (7)
1. A method for providing responsive treatment to a patient having a neurological disease or disorder, comprising the steps of:
receiving neurological data from a sensor;
identifying a neurological event by processing the neurological data with an implanted control module;
generating an acoustic signal in response to the neurological condition; and
transmitting the acoustic signal to an ear of the patient.
2. The method of claim 1 , further comprising the step of electrically stimulating the patient after generating the acoustic signal.
3. The method of claim 1 , further comprising the step of electrically stimulating the patient while generating the acoustic signal.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein the neurological event is an epileptic seizure, a precursor to an epileptic seizure, a Parkinson's tremor, a precursor to a Parkinson's tremor, a migraine headache, a precursor to a migraine headache, or depression.
5. The method of claim 1 , wherein the neurological data comprises an EEG signal.
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein the generating step uses an acoustic transducer.
7. The method of claim 6 , wherein the acoustic transducer is implanted in a cranium of the patient.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/095,892 US20020099412A1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2002-03-12 | Methods for using an implantable device for patient communication |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US08/957,869 US6016449A (en) | 1997-10-27 | 1997-10-27 | System for treatment of neurological disorders |
US09/483,806 US6134474A (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2000-01-15 | Responsive implantable system for the treatment of neurological disorders |
US09/609,086 US6354299B1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2000-06-30 | Implantable device for patient communication |
US10/095,892 US20020099412A1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2002-03-12 | Methods for using an implantable device for patient communication |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/609,086 Division US6354299B1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2000-06-30 | Implantable device for patient communication |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20020099412A1 true US20020099412A1 (en) | 2002-07-25 |
Family
ID=27047775
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/609,086 Expired - Lifetime US6354299B1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2000-06-30 | Implantable device for patient communication |
US10/095,892 Abandoned US20020099412A1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2002-03-12 | Methods for using an implantable device for patient communication |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/609,086 Expired - Lifetime US6354299B1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2000-06-30 | Implantable device for patient communication |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6354299B1 (en) |
Cited By (166)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20020173773A1 (en) * | 2001-04-10 | 2002-11-21 | Olsen James M. | Permanent magnet solenoid pump for an implantable therapeutic substance delivery device |
US20030078633A1 (en) * | 2001-09-28 | 2003-04-24 | Firlik Andrew D. | Methods and implantable apparatus for electrical therapy |
US20030176898A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2003-09-18 | Yossi Gross | Stimulation for treating eye pathologies |
US20040015068A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2004-01-22 | Alon Shalev | Method and apparatus for stimulating the sphenopalatine ganglion to modify properties of the bbb and cerebral blood flow |
US20040158298A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2004-08-12 | Gliner Bradford Evan | Systems and methods for automatically optimizing stimulus parameters and electrode configurations for neuro-stimulators |
US20040176673A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Wahlstrand Carl D. | Concavity of an implantable medical device |
US20040176831A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2004-09-09 | Gliner Bradford Evan | Apparatuses and systems for applying electrical stimulation to a patient |
US20040193020A1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2004-09-30 | Reametaru Co., Ltd. | In-vivo information extracting system, tag device used for the same, and relay device |
US20040220644A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2004-11-04 | Alon Shalev | Stimulation for acute conditions |
US20040267152A1 (en) * | 2003-02-26 | 2004-12-30 | Pineda Jaime A. | Method and system for predicting and preventing seizures |
US20050004618A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2005-01-06 | Scott Erik R. | Implantable medical device with a nonhermetic battery |
US20050004637A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2005-01-06 | Ruchika Singhal | Explantation of implantable medical device |
US20050004624A1 (en) * | 2003-04-24 | 2005-01-06 | Gliner Bradford E. | Systems and methods for facilitating and/or effectuating development, rehabilitation, restoration, and/or recovery of visual function through neural stimulation |
US20050004619A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2005-01-06 | Wahlstrand Carl D. | Headset recharger for cranially implantable medical devices |
US20050021106A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2005-01-27 | Firlik Andrew D. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US20050113744A1 (en) * | 2003-11-21 | 2005-05-26 | Cyberkinetics, Inc. | Agent delivery systems and related methods under control of biological electrical signals |
US20050131467A1 (en) * | 2003-11-02 | 2005-06-16 | Boveja Birinder R. | Method and apparatus for electrical stimulation therapy for at least one of atrial fibrillation, congestive heart failure, inappropriate sinus tachycardia, and refractory hypertension |
WO2005057548A2 (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2005-06-23 | Neural Signals, Inc. | System and method for speech generation from brain activity |
US20050143589A1 (en) * | 2003-11-09 | 2005-06-30 | Donoghue John P. | Calibration systems and methods for neural interface devices |
US20050203366A1 (en) * | 2004-03-12 | 2005-09-15 | Donoghue John P. | Neurological event monitoring and therapy systems and related methods |
US20050245984A1 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2005-11-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with lubricious material |
US20050266099A1 (en) * | 2002-04-25 | 2005-12-01 | Alon Shalev | Methods and apparatus for modifying properties of the bbb and cerebral circulation by using the neuroexcitatory and/or neuroinhibitory effects of odorants on nerves in the head |
US20050267597A1 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2005-12-01 | Flaherty J Christopher | Neural interface system with embedded id |
WO2005115536A1 (en) * | 2004-05-24 | 2005-12-08 | Bioinduction Ltd | Electrotherapy apparatus |
US20050283203A1 (en) * | 2003-12-29 | 2005-12-22 | Flaherty J C | Transcutaneous implant |
US6993392B2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2006-01-31 | Duke University | Miniaturized high-density multichannel electrode array for long-term neuronal recordings |
US20060049957A1 (en) * | 2004-08-13 | 2006-03-09 | Surgenor Timothy R | Biological interface systems with controlled device selector and related methods |
US7047076B1 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2006-05-16 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Inverted-F antenna configuration for an implantable medical device |
US20060136006A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for regulating cardiac triggered therapy to the brain |
US20060149338A1 (en) * | 2005-01-06 | 2006-07-06 | Flaherty J C | Neurally controlled patient ambulation system |
US20060167564A1 (en) * | 2005-01-10 | 2006-07-27 | Flaherty J C | Limb and digit movement system |
US20060167371A1 (en) * | 2005-01-10 | 2006-07-27 | Flaherty J Christopher | Biological interface system with patient training apparatus |
US20060173259A1 (en) * | 2004-10-04 | 2006-08-03 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface system |
US20060189900A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2006-08-24 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface system with automated configuration |
US20060195169A1 (en) * | 2002-11-14 | 2006-08-31 | Yossi Gross | Surgical tools and techniques for stimulation |
US20060206163A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2006-09-14 | Wahlstrand Carl D | Neurostimulation site screening |
US20060206162A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2006-09-14 | Wahlstrand Carl D | Implantable neurostimulator device |
US20060224067A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2006-10-05 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for segmenting a cardiac signal based on brain activity |
US20060241356A1 (en) * | 2005-01-06 | 2006-10-26 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface system with gated control signal |
US20060280655A1 (en) * | 2005-06-08 | 2006-12-14 | California Institute Of Technology | Intravascular diagnostic and therapeutic sampling device |
US20060287677A1 (en) * | 2002-11-14 | 2006-12-21 | Alon Shalev | SPG stimulation via the greater palatine canal |
US20070027499A1 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2007-02-01 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Neurostimulation device for treating mood disorders |
US20070027500A1 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2007-02-01 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Selective neurostimulation for treating mood disorders |
US20070073150A1 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2007-03-29 | University Of Chicago | Surface acoustic wave probe implant for predicting epileptic seizures |
US20070088404A1 (en) * | 2005-10-19 | 2007-04-19 | Allen Wyler | Methods and systems for improving neural functioning, including cognitive functioning and neglect disorders |
US7209788B2 (en) | 2001-10-29 | 2007-04-24 | Duke University | Closed loop brain machine interface |
US20070106143A1 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-10 | Flaherty J C | Electrode arrays and related methods |
US20070156126A1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-07-05 | Flaherty J C | Medical device insertion system and related methods |
US20070162086A1 (en) * | 1998-08-05 | 2007-07-12 | Bioneuronics Corporation | Monitoring efficacy of neural modulation therapy |
US20070169333A1 (en) * | 2002-10-24 | 2007-07-26 | Donoghue John P | Microstructured arrays for cortex interaction and related methods of manufacture and use |
US20070179534A1 (en) * | 2005-10-19 | 2007-08-02 | Firlik Andrew D | Systems and methods for patient interactive neural stimulation and/or chemical substance delivery |
US20070208764A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | John Edward Grisinger | Universal information platform |
US20070239230A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2007-10-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for regulating cardiac triggered therapy to the brain |
US20070239098A1 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2007-10-11 | Carpmaels & Ransford | Dressing for Tissue Treatment |
US20070255323A1 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2007-11-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device for the concurrent treatment of a plurality of neurological disorders and method therefore |
US20070255347A1 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2007-11-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Inhibition of stimulation notification |
US20070260286A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2007-11-08 | Giftakis Jonathon E | System and method for utilizing brain state information to modulate cardiac therapy |
US20070260289A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2007-11-08 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for using cardiac events to trigger therapy for treating nervous system disorders |
US20070265677A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2007-11-15 | Giftakis Jonathon E | System and method for utilizing brain state information to modulate cardiac therapy |
US20080046023A1 (en) * | 2006-08-16 | 2008-02-21 | Fischell David R | Electrode switch for a brain neuropacemaker |
US20080058664A1 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2008-03-06 | Neuropace, Inc. | Patient event recording and reporting apparatus, system, and method |
US20080172102A1 (en) * | 2004-02-20 | 2008-07-17 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Transmucosal electrical stimulation |
US7489561B2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2009-02-10 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Implantable medical device with reconfigurable non-volatile program |
US7499752B2 (en) | 2005-07-29 | 2009-03-03 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Selective nerve stimulation for the treatment of eating disorders |
US20090062778A1 (en) * | 2006-03-13 | 2009-03-05 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Medical System Comprising Dual-Purpose Communication Means |
US20090112282A1 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2009-04-30 | Medtronic, Inc. | Occipital nerve stimulation |
WO2009092067A2 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2009-07-23 | Neurosystec Corporation | Valveless impedance pump drug delivery systems |
US20090192568A1 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2009-07-30 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Methods and systems for treating seizures caused by brain stimulation |
US20100023020A1 (en) * | 2008-07-24 | 2010-01-28 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Cam lock burr hole plug for securing retainer/plug base |
US20100023100A1 (en) * | 2008-07-24 | 2010-01-28 | Boston Scientific Neoromodulation Corporation | Cam lock burr hole plug for securing stimulation lead |
US20100030227A1 (en) * | 2008-07-31 | 2010-02-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical lead implantation |
US7672730B2 (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2010-03-02 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US7676263B2 (en) | 2006-06-23 | 2010-03-09 | Neurovista Corporation | Minimally invasive system for selecting patient-specific therapy parameters |
US7684866B2 (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2010-03-23 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for applying neural stimulation to a patient |
US7684859B2 (en) | 2002-04-25 | 2010-03-23 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Stimulation of the OTIC ganglion for treating medical conditions |
US20100125312A1 (en) * | 2008-11-18 | 2010-05-20 | Greatbatch Ltd. | Satellite therapy delivery system for brain neuromodulation |
US7729773B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2010-06-01 | Advanced Neuromodualation Systems, Inc. | Neural stimulation and optical monitoring systems and methods |
US7742820B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2010-06-22 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for selecting stimulation sites and applying treatment, including treatment of symptoms of parkinson's disease, other movement disorders, and/or drug side effects |
US7747325B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2010-06-29 | Neurovista Corporation | Systems and methods for monitoring a patient's neurological disease state |
US7751894B1 (en) | 2004-03-04 | 2010-07-06 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Systems and methods for indicating aberrant behavior detected by an implanted medical device |
US7756584B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2010-07-13 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US7774056B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2010-08-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Device site stimulation for notification |
US20100217108A1 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2010-08-26 | Raumedic Ag | Sensor system for measuring, transmitting, processing and displaying a brain parameter |
US7801601B2 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2010-09-21 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Controlling neuromodulation using stimulus modalities |
US7831305B2 (en) | 2001-10-15 | 2010-11-09 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Neural stimulation system and method responsive to collateral neural activity |
US7860569B2 (en) | 2007-10-18 | 2010-12-28 | Brainsgate, Ltd. | Long-term SPG stimulation therapy for prevention of vascular dementia |
US7869885B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2011-01-11 | Cyberonics, Inc | Threshold optimization for tissue stimulation therapy |
US7869867B2 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2011-01-11 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Implantable neurostimulator with refractory stimulation |
US7974701B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2011-07-05 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Dosing limitation for an implantable medical device |
US7983762B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2011-07-19 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for enhancing or affecting neural stimulation efficiency and/or efficacy |
US7991461B2 (en) | 2005-01-06 | 2011-08-02 | Braingate Co., Llc | Patient training routine for biological interface system |
US20110188684A1 (en) * | 2008-09-26 | 2011-08-04 | Phonak Ag | Wireless updating of hearing devices |
US8000788B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2011-08-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device for treating neurological conditions including ECG sensing |
US8036736B2 (en) | 2007-03-21 | 2011-10-11 | Neuro Vista Corporation | Implantable systems and methods for identifying a contra-ictal condition in a subject |
GB2479705A (en) * | 2010-01-15 | 2011-10-26 | Timothy James Midgley | Seizure detection |
US8055347B2 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2011-11-08 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Stimulation for treating brain events and other conditions |
US8065012B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2011-11-22 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US8078285B2 (en) | 2008-03-28 | 2011-12-13 | Medtronic, Inc. | Reversible implantable acoustic sensor |
US20110313236A1 (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2011-12-22 | Ucl Busines Plc | Method and apparatus for performing deep brain stimulation with an electric field |
US8086313B2 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2011-12-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with anti-infection agent |
US8112148B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-02-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring cardiac signal activity in patients with nervous system disorders |
US8112153B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-02-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US8118741B2 (en) | 2004-12-20 | 2012-02-21 | Hypo-Safe A/X | Method and apparatus for prediction and warning of hypoglycaemic attack |
US8126568B2 (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2012-02-28 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Electrode geometries for efficient neural stimulation |
US8150508B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2012-04-03 | Catholic Healthcare West | Vagus nerve stimulation method |
US20120116774A1 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2012-05-10 | Milux Holding Sa | System for voice control of a medical implant |
US8209009B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-06-26 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for segmenting a cardiac signal based on brain stimulation |
WO2012103320A1 (en) * | 2011-01-28 | 2012-08-02 | Med-El Elektromedizinische Geraete Gmbh | Medical device user interface |
US8280478B2 (en) | 2004-04-29 | 2012-10-02 | Medtronic, Inc. | Evaluation of implantation site for implantation of implantable medical device |
US8295934B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2012-10-23 | Neurovista Corporation | Systems and methods of reducing artifact in neurological stimulation systems |
US8298176B2 (en) | 2006-06-09 | 2012-10-30 | Neurosystec Corporation | Flow-induced delivery from a drug mass |
WO2012131622A3 (en) * | 2011-04-01 | 2012-11-29 | Bonetone Communications Ltd. | A system and apparatus for controlling a user interface with a bone conduction transducer |
US8433414B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2013-04-30 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for reducing the likelihood of inducing collateral neural activity during neural stimulation threshold test procedures |
US8485979B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2013-07-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US8565867B2 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2013-10-22 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Changeable electrode polarity stimulation by an implantable medical device |
US20130303144A1 (en) * | 2012-05-03 | 2013-11-14 | Uri Yehuday | System and Apparatus for Controlling a Device with a Bone Conduction Transducer |
US8588933B2 (en) | 2009-01-09 | 2013-11-19 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Medical lead termination sleeve for implantable medical devices |
WO2014066855A1 (en) * | 2012-10-26 | 2014-05-01 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods of decoding speech from brain activity data and devices for practicing the same |
US8718777B2 (en) | 2002-11-27 | 2014-05-06 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and systems for intracranial neurostimulation and/or sensing |
US8725243B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2014-05-13 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for recommending an appropriate pharmacological treatment to a patient for managing epilepsy and other neurological disorders |
US8762065B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2014-06-24 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Closed-loop feedback-driven neuromodulation |
US8786624B2 (en) | 2009-06-02 | 2014-07-22 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Processing for multi-channel signals |
KR101430788B1 (en) | 2007-09-18 | 2014-08-14 | 지우세페 마리네오 | Apparatus for quick pain suppression and method of generating an electric signal for pain suppression treatment |
US8849390B2 (en) | 2008-12-29 | 2014-09-30 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Processing for multi-channel signals |
US8868172B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2014-10-21 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for recommending an appropriate action to a patient for managing epilepsy and other neurological disorders |
US8929991B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2015-01-06 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods for establishing parameters for neural stimulation, including via performance of working memory tasks, and associated kits |
US9042988B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2015-05-26 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Closed-loop vagus nerve stimulation |
US9078070B2 (en) | 2011-05-24 | 2015-07-07 | Analog Devices, Inc. | Hearing instrument controller |
US9084901B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2015-07-21 | Medtronic, Inc. | Cranial implant |
US9173992B2 (en) | 2006-03-13 | 2015-11-03 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Secure pairing of electronic devices using dual means of communication |
US9233245B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2016-01-12 | Brainsgate Ltd. | SPG stimulation |
US9259591B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2016-02-16 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Housing for an implantable medical device |
US9278208B1 (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2016-03-08 | University Of Central Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Spatial-temporal deep brain stimulation methods and systems |
US9314633B2 (en) | 2008-01-25 | 2016-04-19 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Contingent cardio-protection for epilepsy patients |
WO2016076742A1 (en) * | 2014-11-14 | 2016-05-19 | MBRAINTRAIN LLC Belgrade | Remote electrophysiological monitoring system for intensive care units |
US9375573B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2016-06-28 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Systems and methods for monitoring a patient's neurological disease state |
US9393432B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2016-07-19 | Medtronic, Inc. | Non-hermetic direct current interconnect |
US9415222B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2016-08-16 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Monitoring an epilepsy disease state with a supervisory module |
US9421373B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2016-08-23 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Apparatus and method for closed-loop intracranial stimulation for optimal control of neurological disease |
US9427585B2 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2016-08-30 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for enhancing or optimizing neural stimulation therapy for treating symptoms of parkinsons disease and or other movement disorders |
US9622675B2 (en) | 2007-01-25 | 2017-04-18 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Communication error alerting in an epilepsy monitoring system |
US20170125009A1 (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | United Arab Emirates University | System And Method For Synthesizing Human Speech |
US9643019B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2017-05-09 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Neurological monitoring and alerts |
US9675796B2 (en) | 2013-11-10 | 2017-06-13 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Implant and delivery system for neural stimulator |
US9788744B2 (en) | 2007-07-27 | 2017-10-17 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Systems for monitoring brain activity and patient advisory device |
GB2550550A (en) * | 2016-05-11 | 2017-11-29 | Alexander Lang Gordon | Inner ear transducer with EEG feedback |
US9898656B2 (en) | 2007-01-25 | 2018-02-20 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying a contra-ictal condition in a subject |
US9937344B2 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2018-04-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Waveforms for electrical stimulation therapy |
US9950171B2 (en) | 2014-10-31 | 2018-04-24 | Medtronic, Inc. | Paired stimulation pulses based on sensed compound action potential |
WO2018075780A1 (en) * | 2016-10-20 | 2018-04-26 | Tc1 Llc | Methods and systems for bone conduction audible alarms for mechanical circulatory support systems |
US10232169B2 (en) | 2015-07-23 | 2019-03-19 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Burr hole plugs for electrical stimulation systems and methods of making and using |
US10258284B1 (en) | 2018-04-05 | 2019-04-16 | Tufts Medical Center, Inc. | Implant in middle meningial-artery |
US10271907B2 (en) | 2015-05-13 | 2019-04-30 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Implant and delivery system for neural stimulator |
US10406363B2 (en) * | 2015-04-21 | 2019-09-10 | Livanova Usa, Inc. | Evaluation of efficacy of epilepsy therapy |
US10433754B2 (en) | 2011-03-17 | 2019-10-08 | Brown University | Implantable wireless neural device |
US11013913B2 (en) | 2018-03-16 | 2021-05-25 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Kits and methods for securing a burr hole plugs for stimulation systems |
US11058870B2 (en) | 2018-03-09 | 2021-07-13 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Burr hole plugs for electrical stimulation systems and methods of making and using |
US11103716B2 (en) | 2017-11-13 | 2021-08-31 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Systems and methods for making and using a low-profile control module for an electrical stimulation system |
US20220008719A1 (en) * | 2016-04-22 | 2022-01-13 | Newton Howard | Biological co-processor (bcp) |
US11273283B2 (en) | 2017-12-31 | 2022-03-15 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to enhance emotional response |
US11364361B2 (en) | 2018-04-20 | 2022-06-21 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | System and method for inducing sleep by transplanting mental states |
US11406317B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2022-08-09 | Livanova Usa, Inc. | Method for detecting neurological and clinical manifestations of a seizure |
US11452839B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2022-09-27 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | System and method of improving sleep |
US11497914B2 (en) | 2018-01-16 | 2022-11-15 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Systems and methods for making and using an electrical stimulation system with a case-neutral battery |
US11717686B2 (en) | 2017-12-04 | 2023-08-08 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to facilitate learning and performance |
US11723579B2 (en) | 2017-09-19 | 2023-08-15 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement |
Families Citing this family (124)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6944501B1 (en) | 2000-04-05 | 2005-09-13 | Neurospace, Inc. | Neurostimulator involving stimulation strategies and process for using it |
US7231254B2 (en) * | 1998-08-05 | 2007-06-12 | Bioneuronics Corporation | Closed-loop feedback-driven neuromodulation |
US7403820B2 (en) * | 1998-08-05 | 2008-07-22 | Neurovista Corporation | Closed-loop feedback-driven neuromodulation |
US7277758B2 (en) * | 1998-08-05 | 2007-10-02 | Neurovista Corporation | Methods and systems for predicting future symptomatology in a patient suffering from a neurological or psychiatric disorder |
US7974696B1 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2011-07-05 | Dilorenzo Biomedical, Llc | Closed-loop autonomic neuromodulation for optimal control of neurological and metabolic disease |
EP1110500A3 (en) * | 1999-12-20 | 2003-02-12 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and device for self-controlling actual state of a patient suffering a neurological disease |
US7082333B1 (en) | 2000-04-27 | 2006-07-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Patient directed therapy management |
US7066910B2 (en) | 2000-04-27 | 2006-06-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Patient directed therapy management |
US7640062B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2009-12-29 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Methods and systems for management of alzheimer's disease |
US7146217B2 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2006-12-05 | Northstar Neuroscience, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a change in a neural-function of a patient |
US20030125786A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2003-07-03 | Gliner Bradford Evan | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US20050021118A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2005-01-27 | Chris Genau | Apparatuses and systems for applying electrical stimulation to a patient |
JP2002058376A (en) * | 2000-08-21 | 2002-02-26 | Temuko Japan:Kk | Method and apparatus for communicating with animal |
AUPQ952800A0 (en) | 2000-08-21 | 2000-09-14 | Cochlear Limited | Power efficient electrical stimulation |
US8285382B2 (en) * | 2000-08-21 | 2012-10-09 | Cochlear Limited | Determining stimulation signals for neural stimulation |
US9008786B2 (en) * | 2000-08-21 | 2015-04-14 | Cochlear Limited | Determining stimulation signals for neural stimulation |
US6529774B1 (en) * | 2000-11-09 | 2003-03-04 | Neuropace, Inc. | Extradural leads, neurostimulator assemblies, and processes of using them for somatosensory and brain stimulation |
US7299096B2 (en) * | 2001-03-08 | 2007-11-20 | Northstar Neuroscience, Inc. | System and method for treating Parkinson's Disease and other movement disorders |
US6810285B2 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2004-10-26 | Neuropace, Inc. | Seizure sensing and detection using an implantable device |
AUPR604801A0 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2001-07-26 | Cochlear Limited | Multi-electrode cochlear implant system with distributed electronics |
US8152789B2 (en) * | 2001-10-23 | 2012-04-10 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | System and method for providing closed loop infusion formulation delivery |
US6827702B2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2004-12-07 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Safety limits for closed-loop infusion pump control |
US6740072B2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2004-05-25 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | System and method for providing closed loop infusion formulation delivery |
DK1436023T3 (en) * | 2001-09-07 | 2013-02-18 | Medtronic Minimed Inc | Safety Limits for a Closed Circuit Fusion Pump Control |
US7310607B2 (en) * | 2001-09-12 | 2007-12-18 | Siemens Medical Solutions Health Services Corporation | System for processing healthcare related event information for use in scheduling performance of tasks |
US6842645B2 (en) * | 2001-11-09 | 2005-01-11 | Pacesetter, Inc. | Presentation architecture for network supporting implantable cardiac therapy device |
US20030105409A1 (en) * | 2001-11-14 | 2003-06-05 | Donoghue John Philip | Neurological signal decoding |
AU2003239957A1 (en) * | 2002-06-04 | 2003-12-19 | Cyberkinetics, Inc. | Optically-connected implants and related systems and methods of use |
US20050075679A1 (en) * | 2002-09-30 | 2005-04-07 | Gliner Bradford E. | Methods and apparatuses for treating neurological disorders by electrically stimulating cells implanted in the nervous system |
US7933646B2 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2011-04-26 | Medtronic, Inc. | Clustering of recorded patient neurological activity to determine length of a neurological event |
EP1558130A4 (en) * | 2002-10-15 | 2009-01-28 | Medtronic Inc | Screening techniques for management of a nervous system disorder |
WO2004036377A2 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2004-04-29 | Medtronic Inc. | Configuring and testing treatment therapy parameters for a medical device system |
WO2004036376A2 (en) * | 2002-10-15 | 2004-04-29 | Medtronic Inc. | Multi-modal operation of a medical device system |
ATE449561T1 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2009-12-15 | Medtronic Inc | PHASE SHIFT OF NEUROLOGICAL SIGNALS IN A MEDICAL DEVICE SYSTEM |
EP1558132B1 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2011-12-21 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical device system for scoring of sensed neurological events |
WO2004034885A2 (en) * | 2002-10-15 | 2004-04-29 | Medtronic Inc. | Signal quality monitoring and control for a medical device system |
US7302298B2 (en) * | 2002-11-27 | 2007-11-27 | Northstar Neuroscience, Inc | Methods and systems employing intracranial electrodes for neurostimulation and/or electroencephalography |
WO2004052449A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-06-24 | Northstar Neuroscience, Inc. | Methods for treating neurological language disorders |
US6959215B2 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2005-10-25 | Northstar Neuroscience, Inc. | Methods for treating essential tremor |
US7033313B2 (en) * | 2002-12-11 | 2006-04-25 | No. 182 Corporate Ventures Ltd. | Surgically implantable hearing aid |
US7248918B2 (en) * | 2003-04-25 | 2007-07-24 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for supplying a patient reminder alert from an implantable medical device |
US20050003268A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2005-01-06 | Scott Erik R. | Battery housing configuration |
US20040249302A1 (en) * | 2003-06-09 | 2004-12-09 | Cyberkinetics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing of brain signals |
US20050102006A1 (en) * | 2003-09-25 | 2005-05-12 | Whitehurst Todd K. | Skull-mounted electrical stimulation system |
US20050182653A1 (en) * | 2004-02-12 | 2005-08-18 | Joseph Urban | System and method for improving and promoting compliance to a therapeutic regimen |
US7412288B2 (en) * | 2004-05-10 | 2008-08-12 | Phonak Ag | Text to speech conversion in hearing systems |
US7519435B2 (en) * | 2004-06-23 | 2009-04-14 | Cochlear Limited | Methods for maintaining low impedance of electrodes |
US7201718B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2007-04-10 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands, B.V. | Hard disk drive medical monitor with electrical grounding system |
US7201719B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2007-04-10 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands, B.V. | Rechargeable hard disk drive medical monitor |
US7225031B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2007-05-29 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands, B.V. | Hard disk drive medical monitor with security encryption |
US7214188B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2007-05-08 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands, B.V. | Hard disk drive medical monitor with sound-proofing |
US7338445B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2008-03-04 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands, B.V. | Hard disk drive medical monitor with shock-proofing |
US7278967B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2007-10-09 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands, B.V. | Hard disk drive medical monitor with mirrored HDDs |
US7247136B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2007-07-24 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands, B.V. | Hard disk drive medical monitor with alert signaling system |
US7192398B2 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2007-03-20 | Hitachi Global Storage Technologies Netherlands, B.V. | Hard disk drive medical monitor with GPS |
US8862235B1 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2014-10-14 | Alfred E. Mann Foundation For Scientific Research | Brain implant device |
WO2006021957A2 (en) * | 2004-08-23 | 2006-03-02 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Concurrent bilateral spg modulation |
US7353065B2 (en) * | 2004-09-14 | 2008-04-01 | Neuropace, Inc. | Responsive therapy for psychiatric disorders |
US20060106430A1 (en) * | 2004-11-12 | 2006-05-18 | Brad Fowler | Electrode configurations for reducing invasiveness and/or enhancing neural stimulation efficacy, and associated methods |
WO2006069250A2 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-29 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Methods and devices for analysis of clustered data, in particular action potentials (i.e. neuron firing signals in the brain) |
US7957793B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2011-06-07 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Methods for identifying neuronal spikes |
US20060293578A1 (en) * | 2005-02-03 | 2006-12-28 | Rennaker Robert L Ii | Brian machine interface device |
US7715912B2 (en) | 2005-04-13 | 2010-05-11 | Intelect Medical, Inc. | System and method for providing a waveform for stimulating biological tissue |
US9339650B2 (en) | 2005-04-13 | 2016-05-17 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Systems and methods for neuromodulation using pre-recorded waveforms |
WO2006113397A2 (en) * | 2005-04-13 | 2006-10-26 | Nagi Hatoum | System and method for providing a waveform for stimulating biological tissue |
US9211408B2 (en) | 2005-04-13 | 2015-12-15 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | System and method for neuromodulation using composite patterns of stimulation or waveforms |
US20070088403A1 (en) * | 2005-10-19 | 2007-04-19 | Allen Wyler | Methods and systems for establishing parameters for neural stimulation |
KR100723307B1 (en) * | 2005-10-25 | 2007-05-30 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Communication device |
US20070127745A1 (en) * | 2005-12-07 | 2007-06-07 | Cochlear Limited | Prevention of static bonding between medical device components |
US20070149952A1 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2007-06-28 | Mike Bland | Systems and methods for characterizing a patient's propensity for a neurological event and for communicating with a pharmacological agent dispenser |
JP4856194B2 (en) * | 2006-01-27 | 2012-01-18 | サーキュライト・インコーポレーテッド | Cardiac assist system |
US20070287931A1 (en) * | 2006-02-14 | 2007-12-13 | Dilorenzo Daniel J | Methods and systems for administering an appropriate pharmacological treatment to a patient for managing epilepsy and other neurological disorders |
US7894905B2 (en) | 2006-03-13 | 2011-02-22 | Neuropace, Inc. | Implantable system enabling responsive therapy for pain |
US7912537B2 (en) * | 2006-04-27 | 2011-03-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | Telemetry-synchronized physiological monitoring and therapy delivery systems |
US7992680B2 (en) * | 2006-07-28 | 2011-08-09 | Small Greg | Rigid rail fall protection apparatus having bypassable moveable anchorages |
US20090210026A1 (en) * | 2006-08-17 | 2009-08-20 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Spg stimulation for enhancing neurogenesis and brain metabolism |
WO2008027869A2 (en) | 2006-08-30 | 2008-03-06 | Circulite, Inc. | Devices, methods and systems for establishing supplemental blood flow in the circulatory system |
US8333686B2 (en) * | 2006-08-30 | 2012-12-18 | Circulite, Inc. | Cannula insertion devices, systems, and methods including a compressible member |
US7905823B2 (en) * | 2006-08-30 | 2011-03-15 | Circulite, Inc. | Devices, methods and systems for establishing supplemental blood flow in the circulatory system |
EP2061531B1 (en) * | 2006-09-14 | 2016-04-13 | CircuLite, Inc. | Intravascular blood pump and catheter |
US20080248455A1 (en) * | 2006-10-04 | 2008-10-09 | Bernhard Dohrmann | Apparatus, system, and method for remotely controlling a multiscreen display for delivery of instructional information |
US20080161712A1 (en) | 2006-12-27 | 2008-07-03 | Kent Leyde | Low Power Device With Contingent Scheduling |
WO2008103842A2 (en) * | 2007-02-21 | 2008-08-28 | Neurovista Corporation | Methods and systems for characterizing and generating a patient-specific seizure advisory system |
US20080249591A1 (en) * | 2007-04-06 | 2008-10-09 | Northstar Neuroscience, Inc. | Controllers for implantable medical devices, and associated methods |
US7801618B2 (en) * | 2007-06-22 | 2010-09-21 | Neuropace, Inc. | Auto adjusting system for brain tissue stimulator |
EP2170449B1 (en) * | 2007-07-19 | 2013-01-16 | CircuLite, Inc. | Cannula for heart chamber implantation and related systems and methods |
US7714757B2 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2010-05-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Chopper-stabilized analog-to-digital converter |
US7474247B1 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2009-01-06 | Medtronic, Inc. | Detecting overloading of an analog-to-digital converter of an implantable medical device |
US7479910B1 (en) | 2007-09-26 | 2009-01-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Capacitive digital-to-analog converter reset in an implantable medical device analog-to-digital converter |
US7623053B2 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2009-11-24 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with low power delta-sigma analog-to-digital converter |
WO2009048978A1 (en) * | 2007-10-08 | 2009-04-16 | Dohrmann Bernhard J | Apparatus, system, and method for coordinating web-based development of drivers used to implement a multi-media teaching system |
US8343029B2 (en) * | 2007-10-24 | 2013-01-01 | Circulite, Inc. | Transseptal cannula, tip, delivery system, and method |
WO2009070758A1 (en) * | 2007-11-29 | 2009-06-04 | Medsolve Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for selectively driving a piezo transducer |
US8489021B2 (en) * | 2008-04-03 | 2013-07-16 | Polar Electro Oy | Communication between portable apparatus and counterpart apparatus |
US20090281623A1 (en) * | 2008-05-12 | 2009-11-12 | Medtronic, Inc. | Customization of implantable medical devices |
EP2369986A4 (en) * | 2008-12-23 | 2013-08-28 | Neurovista Corp | Brain state analysis based on select seizure onset characteristics and clinical manifestations |
US20100249491A1 (en) * | 2009-03-27 | 2010-09-30 | Circulite, Inc. | Two-piece transseptal cannula, delivery system, and method of delivery |
US8460168B2 (en) * | 2009-03-27 | 2013-06-11 | Circulite, Inc. | Transseptal cannula device, coaxial balloon delivery device, and methods of using the same |
WO2010131157A1 (en) * | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-18 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Implantable device with communication means |
CN102625668B (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2014-11-19 | 唯听助听器公司 | EEG monitoring system and method of monitoring an EEG |
AU2009348759B2 (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2013-10-03 | T&W Engineering A/S | EEG monitoring apparatus and method for presenting messages therein |
US20110112353A1 (en) * | 2009-11-09 | 2011-05-12 | Circulite, Inc. | Bifurcated outflow cannulae |
JP5642200B2 (en) * | 2010-02-01 | 2014-12-17 | ヴェーデクス・アクティーセルスカプ | Portable EEG monitor system with wireless communication |
US20110219325A1 (en) * | 2010-03-02 | 2011-09-08 | Himes David M | Displaying and Manipulating Brain Function Data Including Enhanced Data Scrolling Functionality |
US20110218820A1 (en) * | 2010-03-02 | 2011-09-08 | Himes David M | Displaying and Manipulating Brain Function Data Including Filtering of Annotations |
CA2813845A1 (en) | 2010-09-07 | 2012-03-15 | Paul A. Spence | Cannula systems and methods |
US8515540B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2013-08-20 | Cochlear Limited | Feedthrough having a non-linear conductor |
US8676343B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2014-03-18 | Biotronik Se & Co. Kg | Multi-electrode leads for brain implantation |
EP2537555B1 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2013-05-01 | Sorin CRM SAS | Leadless autonomous intracardiac implant with disengageable attachment element |
US9585991B2 (en) | 2012-10-16 | 2017-03-07 | Heartware, Inc. | Devices, systems, and methods for facilitating flow from the heart to a blood pump |
US10540448B2 (en) | 2013-07-15 | 2020-01-21 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Gap in care determination using a generic repository for healthcare |
WO2015085094A1 (en) | 2013-12-04 | 2015-06-11 | Heartware, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for cutting an atrial wall |
JP6554115B2 (en) * | 2014-03-26 | 2019-07-31 | ティ・オ・ドォッブルビィ・エンジニアリング・アー/エス | Bioelectric signal monitor with two speakers |
US10639488B2 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2020-05-05 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Tap sensor-enabled IMD |
EP3344192A4 (en) | 2015-09-04 | 2019-05-15 | The Johns Hopkins University | Low-profile intercranial device |
CN109069297A (en) * | 2015-11-23 | 2018-12-21 | 通用医疗公司 | System and method for the percutaneous vagal stimulation of auricle formula |
US10251002B2 (en) * | 2016-03-21 | 2019-04-02 | Starkey Laboratories, Inc. | Noise characterization and attenuation using linear predictive coding |
DE202016005183U1 (en) * | 2016-08-24 | 2017-11-27 | Raumedic Ag | Transmission device for transmission of brain parameter sensor data |
US10912648B2 (en) | 2016-08-30 | 2021-02-09 | Longeviti Neuro Solutions Llc | Method for manufacturing a low-profile intercranial device and the low-profile intercranial device manufactured thereby |
US10646331B2 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2020-05-12 | University Of Maryland, Baltimore | Ossicular prosthesis and method and system for manufacturing same |
US11589992B2 (en) | 2018-01-09 | 2023-02-28 | Longeviti Neuro Solutions Llc | Universal low-profile intercranial assembly |
US11185658B2 (en) | 2018-08-21 | 2021-11-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Internet of things (IOT) real-time response to defined symptoms |
EP3737115A1 (en) * | 2019-05-06 | 2020-11-11 | GN Hearing A/S | A hearing apparatus with bone conduction sensor |
US20220296375A1 (en) * | 2019-09-13 | 2022-09-22 | The Johns Hopkins University | Cranial implant devices and related methods for monitoring biometric data |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4566464A (en) * | 1981-07-27 | 1986-01-28 | Piccone Vincent A | Implantable epilepsy monitor apparatus |
US5404877A (en) * | 1993-06-04 | 1995-04-11 | Telectronics Pacing Systems, Inc. | Leadless implantable sensor assembly and a cardiac emergency warning alarm |
US5713923A (en) * | 1996-05-13 | 1998-02-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Techniques for treating epilepsy by brain stimulation and drug infusion |
US5999856A (en) * | 1997-02-21 | 1999-12-07 | St. Croix Medical, Inc. | Implantable hearing assistance system with calibration and auditory response testing |
US6018682A (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2000-01-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable seizure warning system |
Family Cites Families (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB553955A (en) * | 1941-10-28 | 1943-06-11 | Rudolf Goldschmidt | Improvements in or relating to electro-magnetic sound-transmission apparatus |
US3032029A (en) | 1958-07-09 | 1962-05-01 | Thompson Ramo Wooldridge Inc | System controlling apparatus and method |
US3209081A (en) * | 1961-10-02 | 1965-09-28 | Behrman A Ducote | Subcutaneously implanted electronic device |
US3634885A (en) | 1969-11-17 | 1972-01-11 | James H Barkley | Electronic medical warning device |
US3967616A (en) | 1972-10-24 | 1976-07-06 | Ross Sidney A | Multichannel system for and a multifactorial method of controlling the nervous system of a living organism |
US3850161A (en) | 1973-04-09 | 1974-11-26 | S Liss | Method and apparatus for monitoring and counteracting excess brain electrical energy to prevent epileptic seizures and the like |
US3863625A (en) | 1973-11-02 | 1975-02-04 | Us Health | Epileptic seizure warning system |
US3993046A (en) | 1974-11-06 | 1976-11-23 | Heriberto Fernandez | Seizure suppression device |
US4223678A (en) | 1978-05-03 | 1980-09-23 | Mieczyslaw Mirowski | Arrhythmia recorder for use with an implantable defibrillator |
US4295474A (en) | 1979-10-02 | 1981-10-20 | The Johns Hopkins University | Recorder with patient alarm and service request systems suitable for use with automatic implantable defibrillator |
US4692147A (en) | 1980-04-02 | 1987-09-08 | Medtronic, Inc. | Drug administration device |
US4592359A (en) | 1985-04-02 | 1986-06-03 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Multi-channel implantable neural stimulator |
FR2650948A1 (en) * | 1989-08-17 | 1991-02-22 | Issalene Robert | ASSISTANCE DEVICE FOR HEARING BY BONE CONDUCTION |
US6083248A (en) | 1995-06-23 | 2000-07-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | World wide patient location and data telemetry system for implantable medical devices |
US5755230A (en) | 1995-09-18 | 1998-05-26 | Cleveland Medical Devices Inc. | Wireless EEG system for effective auditory evoked response |
US5995868A (en) | 1996-01-23 | 1999-11-30 | University Of Kansas | System for the prediction, rapid detection, warning, prevention, or control of changes in activity states in the brain of a subject |
US6066163A (en) | 1996-02-02 | 2000-05-23 | John; Michael Sasha | Adaptive brain stimulation method and system |
US5824021A (en) | 1996-04-25 | 1998-10-20 | Medtronic Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing feedback to spinal cord stimulation for angina |
US6026326A (en) | 1997-01-13 | 2000-02-15 | Medtronic, Inc. | Apparatus and method for treating chronic constipation |
US6016449A (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2000-01-18 | Neuropace, Inc. | System for treatment of neurological disorders |
US6082367A (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2000-07-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Audible sound communication from an implantable medical device |
US5891180A (en) | 1998-04-29 | 1999-04-06 | Medtronic Inc. | Interrogation of an implantable medical device using audible sound communication |
US6070102A (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2000-05-30 | Medtronic, Inc. | Audible sound confirmation of programming an implantable medical device |
-
2000
- 2000-06-30 US US09/609,086 patent/US6354299B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2002
- 2002-03-12 US US10/095,892 patent/US20020099412A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4566464A (en) * | 1981-07-27 | 1986-01-28 | Piccone Vincent A | Implantable epilepsy monitor apparatus |
US5404877A (en) * | 1993-06-04 | 1995-04-11 | Telectronics Pacing Systems, Inc. | Leadless implantable sensor assembly and a cardiac emergency warning alarm |
US5713923A (en) * | 1996-05-13 | 1998-02-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Techniques for treating epilepsy by brain stimulation and drug infusion |
US5999856A (en) * | 1997-02-21 | 1999-12-07 | St. Croix Medical, Inc. | Implantable hearing assistance system with calibration and auditory response testing |
US6018682A (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2000-01-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable seizure warning system |
Cited By (322)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9113801B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2015-08-25 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for continuous EEG monitoring |
US20070162086A1 (en) * | 1998-08-05 | 2007-07-12 | Bioneuronics Corporation | Monitoring efficacy of neural modulation therapy |
US7930035B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2011-04-19 | Neurovista Corporation | Providing output indicative of subject's disease state |
US7747325B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2010-06-29 | Neurovista Corporation | Systems and methods for monitoring a patient's neurological disease state |
US9375573B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2016-06-28 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Systems and methods for monitoring a patient's neurological disease state |
US9421373B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2016-08-23 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Apparatus and method for closed-loop intracranial stimulation for optimal control of neurological disease |
US9320900B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2016-04-26 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for determining subject-specific parameters for a neuromodulation therapy |
US8762065B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2014-06-24 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Closed-loop feedback-driven neuromodulation |
US9042988B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2015-05-26 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Closed-loop vagus nerve stimulation |
US8781597B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2014-07-15 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Systems for monitoring a patient's neurological disease state |
US7853329B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2010-12-14 | Neurovista Corporation | Monitoring efficacy of neural modulation therapy |
US9415222B2 (en) | 1998-08-05 | 2016-08-16 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Monitoring an epilepsy disease state with a supervisory module |
US20030176898A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2003-09-18 | Yossi Gross | Stimulation for treating eye pathologies |
US7120489B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2006-10-10 | Brainsgate, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for stimulating the sphenopalatine ganglion to modify properties of the BBB and cerebral blood flow |
US7146209B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2006-12-05 | Brainsgate, Ltd. | Stimulation for treating eye pathologies |
US20040210269A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2004-10-21 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Method and apparatus for stimulating the sphenopalatine ganglion to modify properties of the BBB and cerbral blood flow |
US7729759B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2010-06-01 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Method and apparatus for stimulating the sphenopalatine ganglion to modify properties of the BBB and cerebral blood flow |
US20040220644A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2004-11-04 | Alon Shalev | Stimulation for acute conditions |
US7190998B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2007-03-13 | Braingate Ltd. | Method and apparatus for stimulating the sphenopalatine ganglion to modify properties of the BBB and cerbral blood flow |
US20040015068A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2004-01-22 | Alon Shalev | Method and apparatus for stimulating the sphenopalatine ganglion to modify properties of the bbb and cerebral blood flow |
US20050159790A1 (en) * | 2000-05-08 | 2005-07-21 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Stimulation for treating and diagnosing conditions |
US7117033B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2006-10-03 | Brainsgate, Ltd. | Stimulation for acute conditions |
US8065012B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2011-11-22 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US7756584B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2010-07-13 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US8433414B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2013-04-30 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for reducing the likelihood of inducing collateral neural activity during neural stimulation threshold test procedures |
US20040158298A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2004-08-12 | Gliner Bradford Evan | Systems and methods for automatically optimizing stimulus parameters and electrode configurations for neuro-stimulators |
US8412335B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2013-04-02 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for automatically optimizing stimulus parameters and electrode configurations for neuro-stimulators |
US20050021106A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2005-01-27 | Firlik Andrew D. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US8195300B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2012-06-05 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for automatically optimizing stimulus parameters and electrode configurations for neuro-stimulators |
US8073546B2 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2011-12-06 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US20040176831A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2004-09-09 | Gliner Bradford Evan | Apparatuses and systems for applying electrical stimulation to a patient |
US7672730B2 (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2010-03-02 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for effectuating a lasting change in a neural-function of a patient |
US20020173773A1 (en) * | 2001-04-10 | 2002-11-21 | Olsen James M. | Permanent magnet solenoid pump for an implantable therapeutic substance delivery device |
US20040220553A1 (en) * | 2001-04-10 | 2004-11-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable therapeutic substance delivery device |
US7758568B2 (en) | 2001-04-10 | 2010-07-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable therapeutic substance delivery device |
US7288085B2 (en) | 2001-04-10 | 2007-10-30 | Medtronic, Inc. | Permanent magnet solenoid pump for an implantable therapeutic substance delivery device |
US7047076B1 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2006-05-16 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Inverted-F antenna configuration for an implantable medical device |
US20040193020A1 (en) * | 2001-08-29 | 2004-09-30 | Reametaru Co., Ltd. | In-vivo information extracting system, tag device used for the same, and relay device |
US20030078633A1 (en) * | 2001-09-28 | 2003-04-24 | Firlik Andrew D. | Methods and implantable apparatus for electrical therapy |
US7831305B2 (en) | 2001-10-15 | 2010-11-09 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Neural stimulation system and method responsive to collateral neural activity |
US7209788B2 (en) | 2001-10-29 | 2007-04-24 | Duke University | Closed loop brain machine interface |
US7983756B2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2011-07-19 | Duke University | Miniaturized high-density multichannel electrode array for long-term neuronal recordings |
US6993392B2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2006-01-31 | Duke University | Miniaturized high-density multichannel electrode array for long-term neuronal recordings |
US20060206161A1 (en) * | 2002-03-14 | 2006-09-14 | Duke University | Miniaturized high-density multichannel electrode array for long-term neuronal recordings |
US8126568B2 (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2012-02-28 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Electrode geometries for efficient neural stimulation |
US7684859B2 (en) | 2002-04-25 | 2010-03-23 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Stimulation of the OTIC ganglion for treating medical conditions |
US20050266099A1 (en) * | 2002-04-25 | 2005-12-01 | Alon Shalev | Methods and apparatus for modifying properties of the bbb and cerebral circulation by using the neuroexcitatory and/or neuroinhibitory effects of odorants on nerves in the head |
US20070169333A1 (en) * | 2002-10-24 | 2007-07-26 | Donoghue John P | Microstructured arrays for cortex interaction and related methods of manufacture and use |
US9427585B2 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2016-08-30 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for enhancing or optimizing neural stimulation therapy for treating symptoms of parkinsons disease and or other movement disorders |
US7561919B2 (en) | 2002-11-14 | 2009-07-14 | Brainsgate Ltd. | SPG stimulation via the greater palatine canal |
US20100049230A1 (en) * | 2002-11-14 | 2010-02-25 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Greater palatine canal stylet |
US20060195169A1 (en) * | 2002-11-14 | 2006-08-31 | Yossi Gross | Surgical tools and techniques for stimulation |
US8229571B2 (en) | 2002-11-14 | 2012-07-24 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Greater palatine canal stylet |
US20060287677A1 (en) * | 2002-11-14 | 2006-12-21 | Alon Shalev | SPG stimulation via the greater palatine canal |
US8718777B2 (en) | 2002-11-27 | 2014-05-06 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods and systems for intracranial neurostimulation and/or sensing |
US8457744B2 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2013-06-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Low-profile implantable medical device |
US20040176816A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Ruchika Singhal | Lead connection module of a modular implantable medical device |
US20040176817A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Medtronic, Inc. | Modular implantable medical device |
US20040176818A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Wahlstrand Carl D. | Modular implantable medical device |
US20040173221A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Ruchika Singhal | Implantation of low-profile implantable medical device |
US20040176815A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Janzig Darren A. | Low-profile implantable medical device |
US8397732B2 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2013-03-19 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantation of low-profile implantable medical device |
US20040176819A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Wahlstrand Carl D. | Reducing relative intermodule motion in a modular implantable medical device |
US20040176814A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Ruchika Singhal | Overmold for a modular implantable medical device |
US8666497B2 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2014-03-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Coupling module of a modular implantable medical device |
US20040176673A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-09-09 | Wahlstrand Carl D. | Concavity of an implantable medical device |
US7848817B2 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2010-12-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | Coupling module of a modular implantable medical device |
US8086313B2 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2011-12-27 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with anti-infection agent |
US7269455B2 (en) * | 2003-02-26 | 2007-09-11 | Pineda Jaime A | Method and system for predicting and preventing seizures |
US20040267152A1 (en) * | 2003-02-26 | 2004-12-30 | Pineda Jaime A. | Method and system for predicting and preventing seizures |
US20050004624A1 (en) * | 2003-04-24 | 2005-01-06 | Gliner Bradford E. | Systems and methods for facilitating and/or effectuating development, rehabilitation, restoration, and/or recovery of visual function through neural stimulation |
US7881796B2 (en) | 2003-05-16 | 2011-02-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with a nonhermetic battery |
US20050004619A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2005-01-06 | Wahlstrand Carl D. | Headset recharger for cranially implantable medical devices |
US20080021511A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2008-01-24 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with a nonhermetic battery |
US20050004618A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2005-01-06 | Scott Erik R. | Implantable medical device with a nonhermetic battery |
US20050004637A1 (en) * | 2003-05-16 | 2005-01-06 | Ruchika Singhal | Explantation of implantable medical device |
US7684866B2 (en) | 2003-08-01 | 2010-03-23 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for applying neural stimulation to a patient |
US20140207208A1 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2014-07-24 | Synapse Microcurrent Limited | Dressing for tissue treatment |
US9901733B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2018-02-27 | Synapse Electroceutical Limited | Dressing for tissue treatment |
US20070239098A1 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2007-10-11 | Carpmaels & Ransford | Dressing for Tissue Treatment |
US8805522B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2014-08-12 | Synapse Electroceutical Limited | Dressing for tissue treatment |
US9278208B1 (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2016-03-08 | University Of Central Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Spatial-temporal deep brain stimulation methods and systems |
US20050131467A1 (en) * | 2003-11-02 | 2005-06-16 | Boveja Birinder R. | Method and apparatus for electrical stimulation therapy for at least one of atrial fibrillation, congestive heart failure, inappropriate sinus tachycardia, and refractory hypertension |
US20050143589A1 (en) * | 2003-11-09 | 2005-06-30 | Donoghue John P. | Calibration systems and methods for neural interface devices |
US20050113744A1 (en) * | 2003-11-21 | 2005-05-26 | Cyberkinetics, Inc. | Agent delivery systems and related methods under control of biological electrical signals |
US7751877B2 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2010-07-06 | Braingate Co., Llc | Neural interface system with embedded id |
US20050273890A1 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2005-12-08 | Flaherty J C | Neural interface system and method for neural control of multiple devices |
US20050267597A1 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2005-12-01 | Flaherty J Christopher | Neural interface system with embedded id |
US20050144005A1 (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2005-06-30 | Kennedy Philip R. | System and method for speech generation from brain activity |
WO2005057548A2 (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2005-06-23 | Neural Signals, Inc. | System and method for speech generation from brain activity |
WO2005057548A3 (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2006-12-21 | Neural Signals Inc | System and method for speech generation from brain activity |
JP2007519035A (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2007-07-12 | ニューラル シグナルズ、インク. | System and method for generating utterances from brain activity |
US7275035B2 (en) | 2003-12-08 | 2007-09-25 | Neural Signals, Inc. | System and method for speech generation from brain activity |
US20050283203A1 (en) * | 2003-12-29 | 2005-12-22 | Flaherty J C | Transcutaneous implant |
US7647097B2 (en) | 2003-12-29 | 2010-01-12 | Braingate Co., Llc | Transcutaneous implant |
US7908000B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2011-03-15 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Transmucosal electrical stimulation |
US20080172102A1 (en) * | 2004-02-20 | 2008-07-17 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Transmucosal electrical stimulation |
US20090131739A1 (en) * | 2004-02-20 | 2009-05-21 | Brainsgate, Ltd. | External magnetic field stimulation of the spg |
US8010189B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2011-08-30 | Brainsgate Ltd. | SPG stimulation for treating complications of subarachnoid hemorrhage |
US9233245B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2016-01-12 | Brainsgate Ltd. | SPG stimulation |
US8954149B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2015-02-10 | Brainsgate Ltd. | External stimulation of the SPG |
US7751894B1 (en) | 2004-03-04 | 2010-07-06 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Systems and methods for indicating aberrant behavior detected by an implanted medical device |
US20100262032A1 (en) * | 2004-03-04 | 2010-10-14 | Freeberg Scott M | Systems and Methods for Indicating Aberrant Behavior Detected by an Implanted Medical Device |
US20050203366A1 (en) * | 2004-03-12 | 2005-09-15 | Donoghue John P. | Neurological event monitoring and therapy systems and related methods |
US8280478B2 (en) | 2004-04-29 | 2012-10-02 | Medtronic, Inc. | Evaluation of implantation site for implantation of implantable medical device |
US9162072B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2015-10-20 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with lubricious material |
US20050245984A1 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2005-11-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with lubricious material |
US8428735B2 (en) | 2004-05-24 | 2013-04-23 | Bioinduction Limited | Electrotherapy apparatus |
WO2005115536A1 (en) * | 2004-05-24 | 2005-12-08 | Bioinduction Ltd | Electrotherapy apparatus |
US8606361B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2013-12-10 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for enhancing or affecting neural stimulation efficiency and/or efficacy |
US11786729B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2023-10-17 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for enhancing or affecting neural stimulation efficiency and/or efficacy |
US7983762B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2011-07-19 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for enhancing or affecting neural stimulation efficiency and/or efficacy |
US20060058627A1 (en) * | 2004-08-13 | 2006-03-16 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface systems with wireless connection and related methods |
US20060049957A1 (en) * | 2004-08-13 | 2006-03-09 | Surgenor Timothy R | Biological interface systems with controlled device selector and related methods |
US20060173259A1 (en) * | 2004-10-04 | 2006-08-03 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface system |
US8560041B2 (en) | 2004-10-04 | 2013-10-15 | Braingate Co., Llc | Biological interface system |
US7917225B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2011-03-29 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for selecting stimulation sites and applying treatment, including treatment of symptoms of parkinson's disease, other movement disorders, and/or drug side effects |
US7908009B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2011-03-15 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for selecting stimulation sites and applying treatment, including treatment of symptoms of Parkinson's disease, other movement disorders, and/or drug side effects |
US7742820B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2010-06-22 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for selecting stimulation sites and applying treatment, including treatment of symptoms of parkinson's disease, other movement disorders, and/or drug side effects |
US8209009B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-06-26 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for segmenting a cardiac signal based on brain stimulation |
US8108046B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-01-31 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for using cardiac events to trigger therapy for treating nervous system disorders |
US8214035B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-07-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for utilizing brain state information to modulate cardiac therapy |
US8209019B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-06-26 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for utilizing brain state information to modulate cardiac therapy |
US8041419B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2011-10-18 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US8485979B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2013-07-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US8744562B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2014-06-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US8068911B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2011-11-29 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for regulating cardiopulmonary triggered therapy to the brain |
US20060136006A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for regulating cardiac triggered therapy to the brain |
US8761868B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2014-06-24 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US20060224067A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2006-10-05 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for segmenting a cardiac signal based on brain activity |
US20070265677A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2007-11-15 | Giftakis Jonathon E | System and method for utilizing brain state information to modulate cardiac therapy |
US7945316B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2011-05-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US20070260289A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2007-11-08 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for using cardiac events to trigger therapy for treating nervous system disorders |
US20070260286A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2007-11-08 | Giftakis Jonathon E | System and method for utilizing brain state information to modulate cardiac therapy |
US20110105913A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2011-05-05 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for Monitoring or Treating Nervous System Disorders |
US20110087082A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2011-04-14 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for Monitoring or Treating Nervous System Disorders |
US8112153B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-02-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US8112148B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-02-07 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring cardiac signal activity in patients with nervous system disorders |
US7865244B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2011-01-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for regulating cardiopulmonary triggered therapy to the brain |
US8108038B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2012-01-31 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for segmenting a cardiac signal based on brain activity |
US8041418B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2011-10-18 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for regulating cardiac triggered therapy to the brain |
US20060135881A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for monitoring or treating nervous system disorders |
US20070239230A1 (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2007-10-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | System and method for regulating cardiac triggered therapy to the brain |
US8118741B2 (en) | 2004-12-20 | 2012-02-21 | Hypo-Safe A/X | Method and apparatus for prediction and warning of hypoglycaemic attack |
US8628472B2 (en) | 2004-12-20 | 2014-01-14 | Hypo-Safe A/S | Method and apparatus for prediction and warning of hypoglycaemic attack |
US7991461B2 (en) | 2005-01-06 | 2011-08-02 | Braingate Co., Llc | Patient training routine for biological interface system |
US20060149338A1 (en) * | 2005-01-06 | 2006-07-06 | Flaherty J C | Neurally controlled patient ambulation system |
US7901368B2 (en) | 2005-01-06 | 2011-03-08 | Braingate Co., Llc | Neurally controlled patient ambulation system |
US20060241356A1 (en) * | 2005-01-06 | 2006-10-26 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface system with gated control signal |
US8095209B2 (en) | 2005-01-06 | 2012-01-10 | Braingate Co., Llc | Biological interface system with gated control signal |
US20060206167A1 (en) * | 2005-01-06 | 2006-09-14 | Flaherty J C | Multi-device patient ambulation system |
US20060167564A1 (en) * | 2005-01-10 | 2006-07-27 | Flaherty J C | Limb and digit movement system |
US8812096B2 (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2014-08-19 | Braingate Co., Llc | Biological interface system with patient training apparatus |
US20060189899A1 (en) * | 2005-01-10 | 2006-08-24 | Flaherty J Christopher | Joint movement apparatus |
US20060189901A1 (en) * | 2005-01-10 | 2006-08-24 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface system with surrogate controlled device |
US20060167371A1 (en) * | 2005-01-10 | 2006-07-27 | Flaherty J Christopher | Biological interface system with patient training apparatus |
US20060195042A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2006-08-31 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface system with thresholded configuration |
US7881780B2 (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2011-02-01 | Braingate Co., Llc | Biological interface system with thresholded configuration |
US20060189900A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2006-08-24 | Flaherty J C | Biological interface system with automated configuration |
US8060194B2 (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2011-11-15 | Braingate Co., Llc | Biological interface system with automated configuration |
US8565867B2 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2013-10-22 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Changeable electrode polarity stimulation by an implantable medical device |
US9586047B2 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2017-03-07 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Contingent cardio-protection for epilepsy patients |
US20070208391A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2007-09-06 | Medtronic, Inc. | Neurostimulation site screening |
US20060206162A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2006-09-14 | Wahlstrand Carl D | Implantable neurostimulator device |
US20060206163A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2006-09-14 | Wahlstrand Carl D | Neurostimulation site screening |
US8620437B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2013-12-31 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method for delivery of electrical stimulation with bendable housing |
US8744582B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2014-06-03 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable neurostimulator device with bellows-like element coupling first and second housing portions |
US9149628B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2015-10-06 | Medtronic, Inc. | Neurostimulator for treating occipital neuralgia with housing sized and curved to conform to a subcutaneous neck region |
US20070162087A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2007-07-12 | Medtronic, Inc. | Neurostimulation site screening |
US20090240303A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2009-09-24 | Medtronic. Inc. | Method for delivery of electrical stimulation |
US20090234420A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2009-09-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable neurostimulator device |
US7555345B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2009-06-30 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable neurostimulator device |
US7676271B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2010-03-09 | Medtronic, Inc. | Neurostimulation site screening |
US8295936B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2012-10-23 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable neurostimulator device |
US7231256B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2007-06-12 | Medtronic, Inc. | Neurostimulation site screening |
US20100049277A1 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2010-02-25 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable neurostimulator device |
US7664552B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2010-02-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Neurostimulation site screening |
US20110125136A1 (en) * | 2005-06-08 | 2011-05-26 | Morteza Gharib | Intravascular diagnostic and therapeutic sampling device |
US20060280655A1 (en) * | 2005-06-08 | 2006-12-14 | California Institute Of Technology | Intravascular diagnostic and therapeutic sampling device |
WO2007018787A3 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2007-04-05 | Cyberonics Inc | Neurostimulation device for the treating mood disorders |
US20070027500A1 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2007-02-01 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Selective neurostimulation for treating mood disorders |
US7532935B2 (en) | 2005-07-29 | 2009-05-12 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Selective neurostimulation for treating mood disorders |
US7499752B2 (en) | 2005-07-29 | 2009-03-03 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Selective nerve stimulation for the treatment of eating disorders |
US20070027499A1 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2007-02-01 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Neurostimulation device for treating mood disorders |
US8958881B2 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2015-02-17 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Neuroprotective electrical stimulation |
US8406869B2 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2013-03-26 | Brainsgate, Ltd. | Post-acute electrical stimulation treatment of adverse cerebrovascular events |
US8055347B2 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2011-11-08 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Stimulation for treating brain events and other conditions |
US8165682B2 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2012-04-24 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Surface acoustic wave probe implant for predicting epileptic seizures |
US20070073150A1 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2007-03-29 | University Of Chicago | Surface acoustic wave probe implant for predicting epileptic seizures |
US7729773B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2010-06-01 | Advanced Neuromodualation Systems, Inc. | Neural stimulation and optical monitoring systems and methods |
US8929991B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2015-01-06 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Methods for establishing parameters for neural stimulation, including via performance of working memory tasks, and associated kits |
US20070088404A1 (en) * | 2005-10-19 | 2007-04-19 | Allen Wyler | Methods and systems for improving neural functioning, including cognitive functioning and neglect disorders |
US20110092882A1 (en) * | 2005-10-19 | 2011-04-21 | Firlik Andrew D | Systems and methods for patient interactive neural stimulation and/or chemical substance delivery |
US8706241B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2014-04-22 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | System for patent interactive neural stimulation with robotic facilitation of limb movement |
US7856264B2 (en) | 2005-10-19 | 2010-12-21 | Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. | Systems and methods for patient interactive neural stimulation and/or chemical substance delivery |
US20070179534A1 (en) * | 2005-10-19 | 2007-08-02 | Firlik Andrew D | Systems and methods for patient interactive neural stimulation and/or chemical substance delivery |
US7489561B2 (en) | 2005-10-24 | 2009-02-10 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Implantable medical device with reconfigurable non-volatile program |
US20070106143A1 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-10 | Flaherty J C | Electrode arrays and related methods |
US9592004B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2017-03-14 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for managing epilepsy and other neurological disorders |
US8868172B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2014-10-21 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for recommending an appropriate action to a patient for managing epilepsy and other neurological disorders |
US8725243B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2014-05-13 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for recommending an appropriate pharmacological treatment to a patient for managing epilepsy and other neurological disorders |
US9044188B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2015-06-02 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Methods and systems for managing epilepsy and other neurological disorders |
US20070156126A1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-07-05 | Flaherty J C | Medical device insertion system and related methods |
US7801601B2 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2010-09-21 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Controlling neuromodulation using stimulus modalities |
US20070208764A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | John Edward Grisinger | Universal information platform |
US20090062778A1 (en) * | 2006-03-13 | 2009-03-05 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Medical System Comprising Dual-Purpose Communication Means |
US9173992B2 (en) | 2006-03-13 | 2015-11-03 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Secure pairing of electronic devices using dual means of communication |
US9289599B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2016-03-22 | Dignity Health | Vagus nerve stimulation method |
US8150508B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2012-04-03 | Catholic Healthcare West | Vagus nerve stimulation method |
US8738126B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2014-05-27 | Catholic Healthcare West | Synchronization of vagus nerve stimulation with the cardiac cycle of a patient |
US9533151B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2017-01-03 | Dignity Health | Microburst electrical stimulation of cranial nerves for the treatment of medical conditions |
US8280505B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2012-10-02 | Catholic Healthcare West | Vagus nerve stimulation method |
US9108041B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2015-08-18 | Dignity Health | Microburst electrical stimulation of cranial nerves for the treatment of medical conditions |
US8219188B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2012-07-10 | Catholic Healthcare West | Synchronization of vagus nerve stimulation with the cardiac cycle of a patient |
US8660666B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2014-02-25 | Catholic Healthcare West | Microburst electrical stimulation of cranial nerves for the treatment of medical conditions |
US8615309B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2013-12-24 | Catholic Healthcare West | Microburst electrical stimulation of cranial nerves for the treatment of medical conditions |
US9504402B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2016-11-29 | Medtronic, Inc. | Cranial implant |
US7774056B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2010-08-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Device site stimulation for notification |
US20070255347A1 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2007-11-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Inhibition of stimulation notification |
US7869885B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2011-01-11 | Cyberonics, Inc | Threshold optimization for tissue stimulation therapy |
US9084901B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2015-07-21 | Medtronic, Inc. | Cranial implant |
US20070255323A1 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2007-11-01 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device for the concurrent treatment of a plurality of neurological disorders and method therefore |
US8326431B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2012-12-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device for the concurrent treatment of a plurality of neurological disorders and method therefore |
US8298176B2 (en) | 2006-06-09 | 2012-10-30 | Neurosystec Corporation | Flow-induced delivery from a drug mass |
US9480845B2 (en) | 2006-06-23 | 2016-11-01 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Nerve stimulation device with a wearable loop antenna |
US7676263B2 (en) | 2006-06-23 | 2010-03-09 | Neurovista Corporation | Minimally invasive system for selecting patient-specific therapy parameters |
US20080046023A1 (en) * | 2006-08-16 | 2008-02-21 | Fischell David R | Electrode switch for a brain neuropacemaker |
US20080058664A1 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2008-03-06 | Neuropace, Inc. | Patient event recording and reporting apparatus, system, and method |
US7869867B2 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2011-01-11 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Implantable neurostimulator with refractory stimulation |
US8295934B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2012-10-23 | Neurovista Corporation | Systems and methods of reducing artifact in neurological stimulation systems |
US8855775B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2014-10-07 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Systems and methods of reducing artifact in neurological stimulation systems |
US9898656B2 (en) | 2007-01-25 | 2018-02-20 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Systems and methods for identifying a contra-ictal condition in a subject |
US9622675B2 (en) | 2007-01-25 | 2017-04-18 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Communication error alerting in an epilepsy monitoring system |
US9445730B2 (en) | 2007-03-21 | 2016-09-20 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Implantable systems and methods for identifying a contra-ictal condition in a subject |
US8036736B2 (en) | 2007-03-21 | 2011-10-11 | Neuro Vista Corporation | Implantable systems and methods for identifying a contra-ictal condition in a subject |
US8543199B2 (en) | 2007-03-21 | 2013-09-24 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Implantable systems and methods for identifying a contra-ictal condition in a subject |
US8000788B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2011-08-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device for treating neurological conditions including ECG sensing |
US9014804B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2015-04-21 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device for treating neurological conditions including ECG sensing |
US8306627B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2012-11-06 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Dosing limitation for an implantable medical device |
US7974701B2 (en) | 2007-04-27 | 2011-07-05 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Dosing limitation for an implantable medical device |
US9788744B2 (en) | 2007-07-27 | 2017-10-17 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Systems for monitoring brain activity and patient advisory device |
KR101430788B1 (en) | 2007-09-18 | 2014-08-14 | 지우세페 마리네오 | Apparatus for quick pain suppression and method of generating an electric signal for pain suppression treatment |
US8337413B2 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2012-12-25 | Raumedic Ag | Sensor system for measuring, transmitting, processing and displaying a brain parameter |
US20100217108A1 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2010-08-26 | Raumedic Ag | Sensor system for measuring, transmitting, processing and displaying a brain parameter |
US7860569B2 (en) | 2007-10-18 | 2010-12-28 | Brainsgate, Ltd. | Long-term SPG stimulation therapy for prevention of vascular dementia |
US9427572B2 (en) | 2007-10-26 | 2016-08-30 | Medtronic, Inc. | Implantable medical device with connector blocks |
US9008782B2 (en) | 2007-10-26 | 2015-04-14 | Medtronic, Inc. | Occipital nerve stimulation |
US20090112282A1 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2009-04-30 | Medtronic, Inc. | Occipital nerve stimulation |
US8600512B2 (en) | 2007-12-26 | 2013-12-03 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Methods and systems for treating seizures caused by brain stimulation |
US9031656B2 (en) | 2007-12-26 | 2015-05-12 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Methods and systems for treating seizures caused by brain stimulation |
US20090192568A1 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2009-07-30 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Methods and systems for treating seizures caused by brain stimulation |
US9259591B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2016-02-16 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Housing for an implantable medical device |
US11406317B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2022-08-09 | Livanova Usa, Inc. | Method for detecting neurological and clinical manifestations of a seizure |
WO2009092067A3 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2009-12-30 | Neurosystec Corporation | Valveless impedance pump drug delivery systems |
WO2009092067A2 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2009-07-23 | Neurosystec Corporation | Valveless impedance pump drug delivery systems |
US9314633B2 (en) | 2008-01-25 | 2016-04-19 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Contingent cardio-protection for epilepsy patients |
US8078285B2 (en) | 2008-03-28 | 2011-12-13 | Medtronic, Inc. | Reversible implantable acoustic sensor |
US8425534B2 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2013-04-23 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Cam lock burr hole plug for securing stimulation lead |
US20100023100A1 (en) * | 2008-07-24 | 2010-01-28 | Boston Scientific Neoromodulation Corporation | Cam lock burr hole plug for securing stimulation lead |
US8043304B2 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2011-10-25 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Cam lock burr hole plug for securing retainer/plug base |
US20100023020A1 (en) * | 2008-07-24 | 2010-01-28 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Cam lock burr hole plug for securing retainer/plug base |
US8764767B2 (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2014-07-01 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Cam lock burr hole plug for securing stimulation lead |
US20100030227A1 (en) * | 2008-07-31 | 2010-02-04 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical lead implantation |
US20110188684A1 (en) * | 2008-09-26 | 2011-08-04 | Phonak Ag | Wireless updating of hearing devices |
US8712082B2 (en) * | 2008-09-26 | 2014-04-29 | Phonak Ag | Wireless updating of hearing devices |
US9393432B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2016-07-19 | Medtronic, Inc. | Non-hermetic direct current interconnect |
US8792987B2 (en) | 2008-11-18 | 2014-07-29 | Greatbatch Ltd. | Satellite therapy delivery system for brain neuromodulation |
US8442644B2 (en) * | 2008-11-18 | 2013-05-14 | Greatbatch Ltd. | Satellite therapy delivery system for brain neuromodulation |
US20100125312A1 (en) * | 2008-11-18 | 2010-05-20 | Greatbatch Ltd. | Satellite therapy delivery system for brain neuromodulation |
US8914117B2 (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2014-12-16 | Ucl Business Plc | Apparatus for performing deep brain stimulation with a high frequency electric field |
US20110313236A1 (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2011-12-22 | Ucl Busines Plc | Method and apparatus for performing deep brain stimulation with an electric field |
US8849390B2 (en) | 2008-12-29 | 2014-09-30 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Processing for multi-channel signals |
US8588933B2 (en) | 2009-01-09 | 2013-11-19 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Medical lead termination sleeve for implantable medical devices |
US9289595B2 (en) | 2009-01-09 | 2016-03-22 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Medical lead termination sleeve for implantable medical devices |
US8786624B2 (en) | 2009-06-02 | 2014-07-22 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Processing for multi-channel signals |
US20170148437A1 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2017-05-25 | Peter Forsell | System for voice control of a medical implant |
US11000687B2 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2021-05-11 | Peter Forsell | System for voice control of a medical implant |
US9192773B2 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2015-11-24 | Peter Forsell | System for voice control of a medical implant |
US20210220653A1 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2021-07-22 | Peter Forsell | System for voice control of a medical implant |
US20120116774A1 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2012-05-10 | Milux Holding Sa | System for voice control of a medical implant |
US11957923B2 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2024-04-16 | Peter Forsell | System for voice control of a medical implant |
US9937344B2 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2018-04-10 | Medtronic, Inc. | Waveforms for electrical stimulation therapy |
GB2479705B (en) * | 2010-01-15 | 2014-06-25 | Timothy James Midgley | Seizure detection |
GB2479705A (en) * | 2010-01-15 | 2011-10-26 | Timothy James Midgley | Seizure detection |
US9643019B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2017-05-09 | Cyberonics, Inc. | Neurological monitoring and alerts |
WO2012103320A1 (en) * | 2011-01-28 | 2012-08-02 | Med-El Elektromedizinische Geraete Gmbh | Medical device user interface |
US10433754B2 (en) | 2011-03-17 | 2019-10-08 | Brown University | Implantable wireless neural device |
WO2012131622A3 (en) * | 2011-04-01 | 2012-11-29 | Bonetone Communications Ltd. | A system and apparatus for controlling a user interface with a bone conduction transducer |
US9078070B2 (en) | 2011-05-24 | 2015-07-07 | Analog Devices, Inc. | Hearing instrument controller |
US20130303144A1 (en) * | 2012-05-03 | 2013-11-14 | Uri Yehuday | System and Apparatus for Controlling a Device with a Bone Conduction Transducer |
US10264990B2 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2019-04-23 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods of decoding speech from brain activity data and devices for practicing the same |
WO2014066855A1 (en) * | 2012-10-26 | 2014-05-01 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods of decoding speech from brain activity data and devices for practicing the same |
US10512771B2 (en) | 2013-11-10 | 2019-12-24 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Implant and delivery system for neural stimulator |
US9675796B2 (en) | 2013-11-10 | 2017-06-13 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Implant and delivery system for neural stimulator |
US9950171B2 (en) | 2014-10-31 | 2018-04-24 | Medtronic, Inc. | Paired stimulation pulses based on sensed compound action potential |
WO2016076742A1 (en) * | 2014-11-14 | 2016-05-19 | MBRAINTRAIN LLC Belgrade | Remote electrophysiological monitoring system for intensive care units |
US11571573B2 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2023-02-07 | Livanova Usa, Inc. | Evaluation of efficacy of epilepsy therapy |
US10406363B2 (en) * | 2015-04-21 | 2019-09-10 | Livanova Usa, Inc. | Evaluation of efficacy of epilepsy therapy |
US10271907B2 (en) | 2015-05-13 | 2019-04-30 | Brainsgate Ltd. | Implant and delivery system for neural stimulator |
US10232169B2 (en) | 2015-07-23 | 2019-03-19 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Burr hole plugs for electrical stimulation systems and methods of making and using |
US10134384B2 (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2018-11-20 | United Arab Emirates University | System and method for synthesizing human speech |
US20170125009A1 (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | United Arab Emirates University | System And Method For Synthesizing Human Speech |
US11957897B2 (en) * | 2016-04-22 | 2024-04-16 | Newton Howard | Biological co-processor (BCP) |
US20220008719A1 (en) * | 2016-04-22 | 2022-01-13 | Newton Howard | Biological co-processor (bcp) |
GB2550550A (en) * | 2016-05-11 | 2017-11-29 | Alexander Lang Gordon | Inner ear transducer with EEG feedback |
WO2018075780A1 (en) * | 2016-10-20 | 2018-04-26 | Tc1 Llc | Methods and systems for bone conduction audible alarms for mechanical circulatory support systems |
US10665080B2 (en) | 2016-10-20 | 2020-05-26 | Tc1 Llc | Methods and systems for bone conduction audible alarms for mechanical circulatory support systems |
US11723579B2 (en) | 2017-09-19 | 2023-08-15 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement |
US11103716B2 (en) | 2017-11-13 | 2021-08-31 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Systems and methods for making and using a low-profile control module for an electrical stimulation system |
US11717686B2 (en) | 2017-12-04 | 2023-08-08 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to facilitate learning and performance |
US11478603B2 (en) | 2017-12-31 | 2022-10-25 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to enhance emotional response |
US11318277B2 (en) | 2017-12-31 | 2022-05-03 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to enhance emotional response |
US11273283B2 (en) | 2017-12-31 | 2022-03-15 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to enhance emotional response |
US11497914B2 (en) | 2018-01-16 | 2022-11-15 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Systems and methods for making and using an electrical stimulation system with a case-neutral battery |
US11058870B2 (en) | 2018-03-09 | 2021-07-13 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Burr hole plugs for electrical stimulation systems and methods of making and using |
US11013913B2 (en) | 2018-03-16 | 2021-05-25 | Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation | Kits and methods for securing a burr hole plugs for stimulation systems |
US10258284B1 (en) | 2018-04-05 | 2019-04-16 | Tufts Medical Center, Inc. | Implant in middle meningial-artery |
US11284841B2 (en) | 2018-04-05 | 2022-03-29 | Tufts Medical Center, Inc. | Implant in middle meningial-artery |
JP7344222B2 (en) | 2018-04-05 | 2023-09-13 | タフツ メディカル センター インコーポレイテッド | Middle meningeal intraarterial implant |
JP2021520253A (en) * | 2018-04-05 | 2021-08-19 | タフツ メディカル センター インコーポレイテッド | Middle meningeal artery implant |
US11364361B2 (en) | 2018-04-20 | 2022-06-21 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | System and method for inducing sleep by transplanting mental states |
US11452839B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2022-09-27 | Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC | System and method of improving sleep |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US6354299B1 (en) | 2002-03-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6354299B1 (en) | Implantable device for patient communication | |
US6128538A (en) | Means and method for the treatment of neurological disorders | |
US6427086B1 (en) | Means and method for the intracranial placement of a neurostimulator | |
US6459936B2 (en) | Methods for responsively treating neurological disorders | |
US6647296B2 (en) | Implantable apparatus for treating neurological disorders | |
US20220168568A1 (en) | Peripheral nerve stimulation device for affecting parasympathetic and sympathetic activity to achieve therapeutic effects | |
US10452143B2 (en) | Apparatus and method of implantable bidirectional wireless neural recording and stimulation | |
US20190240491A1 (en) | Patient directed therapy control | |
US8768471B2 (en) | Dynamic cranial nerve stimulation based on brain state determination from cardiac data | |
US6865424B2 (en) | Implantable medical device with voice responding and recording capacity | |
US8249712B2 (en) | Treatment and warning of recurring therapy and other events using an implantable device | |
US11324916B2 (en) | Devices and methods for the non-invasive transcutaneous neurostimulation of the neck and ear vagus nerves via electrical, magnetic and haptic stimulation | |
WO2006020794A2 (en) | Biological interface systems with controlled device selector and related methods | |
US20240024677A1 (en) | Balance compensation | |
US20230238127A1 (en) | Medical device control with verification bypass | |
US20230308815A1 (en) | Compensation of balance dysfunction | |
WO2023031712A1 (en) | Machine learning for treatment of physiological disorders |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |